Home

Optima Hybrid

1. 7 28 8 Air cleane axis cane cc toeies a 7 30 OS EUISGHO OX E sr tate on eter 7 52 10 Inverter coolant reservoir 7 24 if equipped The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OYFH071001 Your vehicle at a glance TRUNK OVERVIEW ISS eni ceplug ee tere tea H12 24Balle COVO ea 7 39 SCOOT aue tere eee ne en ete nee eer H13 4 High voltage battery H9 OTFH021007N 2 dn i i i n Seat 3 2 Seat belts 3 16 Child restraint system 3 26 Airbag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 34 Safety features of your vehicle ka Safety features of your vehicle SEAT OTFH030001N Driver s seat 1 Seat adjustment forward backward 2 Seatback recliner 3 Seat adjustment height 4 Lumbar support 5 Driver position memory system 6 Seat warmer switch 7 Headrest Front passenger s seat 8 Seat adjustment forward backward 9 Seatback recliner 10 Seat warmer switch 11 Headrest Rear seat 12 Seat warmer 13 Headrest 14 Armrest if equipped Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Loose objects Do not place anything in the dri ver s foot well or under the front seats Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals 44 WARNING Uprighting seat Do not press the release lever on a manual seatback wi
2. OTF040025N OTF040024 Spenina the hood 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood slightly pull the secondary latch hood The hood should pop open 1 inside of the hood center and lift Slightly POP Sp the hood 2 Open the hood after turning off the 3 Raise the hood It will raise completely engine on a flat surface shifting the shift dA after it has been raised about lever to the P Park position for automat allway ic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or A WARNING R Reverse for manual transaxle and Closing the hood e Always double check to be sure setting the parking brake 1 Before closing the hood check the fol that the hood is firmly latched lowing before driving away If it is not latched the hood could fly open while the vehicle is being driven causing a total loss of visibility which might result in an accident Do not move the vehicle with the hood raised The view will be blocked and the hood could fall or be damaged All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment Features of vour vehicle FUEL FILLER LI a 1 J i j 7 j A 7 j 5 i i Fy j ri j i i 7 N illo r j i Me 26 Lf e OTF040 Opening the fuel filler lid The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by push
3. Rearward facing child restraint system pets gt L ptt VS Pe OTQ037038 Using a child re straint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats Safety features of your vehicle Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency condi tions emergency lock mode you must manually change these seat belts to the auto lock mode to secure a child restraint If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the sys tem checked immediately by your author ized Kia dealer E2MS103005 lacing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode The auto lock mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehi cle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint sys tem To secure a child restraint system use the following procedure Safetv features of vour vehicle OEN036101 To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the fol lowing Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint follow
4. ECON economy air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Mode selection button Passenger s temperature control knob Dual temperature control selection button 9 Rear window defroster button 10 OFF button 11 Recirculated air position button Type A Air intake control button Type B 12 AUTO automatic control button 13 Climate control display 14 Climate information screen selection button CO N DO AS WD YP OTFH040129N OTFH040175N Features of your vehicle OTF040131 Automatic heating and air condi tioning The automatic climate control system is controlled by simply setting the desired temperature The Full Automatic Temperature Control FATC system automatically controls the heating and cooling system as follows 1 Press the AUTO button The modes fan speeds air intake and air condi tioning will be controlled automatically by setting the temperature 2 Set the temperature control knob to the desired temperature If the temperature is set to the lowest setting Lo the air conditioning sys tem will operate continuously 3 To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the fol lowing e Mode selection button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Air intake control button Fan speed control switch The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically For your co
5. FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km in normal tempera ture or less than 16 km in freezing temperature B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread roads D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E Driving in sandy areas F Driving in heavy traffic area over 32 C 90 F G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing J Driving over 170 km h 106 mph K Frequently driving in stop and go conditions L Frequently driving in rainy areas Maintenance ___________ E e_ _ _ m o o murmuu_u__ __ m rrr m gt ggg g gBgrBBarl lTpT7iIuiii i EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions more fre quent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil satu ration and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as neces Sary
6. ing the restraint manufacturers instruc tions Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency OEN036102 3 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extend ed it will shift the retractor to the Auto Lock child restraint mode OEN036103 4 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratcheting sound This indicates that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 Safety features of your vehicle The lap shoulder belt automatically returns to the emergency lock mode whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully Therefore the preceding seven steps must be followed each time a child restraint is installed To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully OTF030029N Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchorage system Child restraint hook holders are located on the package tray OEN036104 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child rest
7. 6 2 3 4 5 6 SEEK TRACK f CAT FILI a SCAN MUTE Y FOLDER I a w TF USA iPod 5 Ries Button Plays each song in the iPod device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 6 GEG Button MENU Moves to the upper category from cur rently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed press knob You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected category The standard order of iPod s category is SONGS ALBUMS ARTISTS GEN RES iPod Features of your vehicle To listen to the song displayed in the song category press the button to skip to and play the selected song Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise 7 EE Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of TITLE ARTIST ALBUM NORMAL DISPLAY TITLE Displays no informa tion if the file has no song information 8 WUC Knob amp AHi Button When you rotate the knob clockwise it will display the songs category ahead of the song currently played category in the same level Also when you rotate the knob counter clockwise it will display the songs cate gory before the song currently played category in the same level
8. Fuel filter A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized Kia dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorized Kia dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced Vacuum hose and crankcase ven tilation hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such
9. Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time to complete the programming Some devices may require you to repeat this sequence a third time to complete the program ming 4 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate 5 1O program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow either steps 1 through 4 above for other Rolling Code devices or steps 2 through 5 in Standard Programming for standard devices Gate operator amp Canadian program ming During programming your handheld transmitter may automatically stop trans mitting Continue to press the Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System but ton note steps 2 through 4 in the Standard Programming portion of this document while you press and re press cycle your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after sever al seconds upon successful training Operating HomeLink To operate simply press and release the programmed HomeLink button Activation will now occur for the trained device i e garage door opener gate operator security system entry door lock home office lighting etc For con venience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time Features of your vehicle Rep
10. joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace engine oil and filter 72 000 km or 72 months U Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months Maintenance n III NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 96 000 km or 48 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant U Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect rear brake disc pads Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake fluid Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections O Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped U Inspect parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap U Inspect valve clearance U Inspect W pump belt auto tensioner HSG w pump First 96 000 km or 72 months after every 24 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect inverter coolant hose Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace engine oil and filter 96 000 km or 96 months Continued Continued Q Replace HSG belt 96 000 km or 48 months Q Add fuel ad
11. or WY position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the fol lowings 3 pe os 148N Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the engine start stop button to the ON position 2 Select the defroster position pressing the defroster button H0 3 While pressing the air conditioning button A C press the air intake con trol button lt at least 5 times with in 3 seconds The A C display blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic status kt el Features of your vehicle ERI 1 nil i s J e n 1 OTF040178N Auto defogging system Only for automatic climate control system if equipped Auto defogging reduces the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture of inside the windshield The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on This indicator illuminates when the auto defogging system senses the moisture of inside the windshield and operates GP AUTO If more moisture is in the vehicle higher steps operate as follow For example if auto defogging does not defog inside the windshield at step 1 Outside air position it tries to defog again at step 2 Blowing air toward the windshield Step 1 Outs
12. 4 112 illa 4 113 Tether anchor SYSTEM iii 3 30 Theft alarm SYSTEM cenere 4 9 Tilt steering PETITE RIA EEEE EES ANNEE NA ELERE 4 35 Tire specification and pressure label 000 8 8 Tires and wheely orpriireririiuine Kinoni niania NATRE 7 38 Checking tire inflation pressure iii 7 39 Compact spare tire replacement i 7 42 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures e 7 38 Ce O i 7 38 Tire maintenance ssss ssssssssesssssesssseseesssessesssesscsessesssesseeee 7 43 Tire replacement e a a E E a es 7 42 Kerio 7 40 Tire sidewall labeling uniciinirnnizoianoni 7 43 hitcwiseitiQu oe ris ienaserieiinsas inks ine kEnd knna nn E niina 7 43 Wheel alignment and tire balance tee Jl Wheel replacement sssssssssssesesssnsvsnssesssasavasossacanens 1 49 ASS IG Ai helena 8 4 Towing ranieri 6 27 E E ieri zionirioioninionni 5 45 Transaxle PIII ROMNCNIKCGR a ec eC er ee 5 9 Trip COMPULer iii 4 52 ROC OTO 4 17 Tink overview iui 2 5 PV Vehicle certification label shoreisseesssoen texeensantoxaresrencosangeens g 7 Vehicle identification number VIN i 8 7 VOOR N N TO 5 40 Certification apnee 5 43 Vehicle Weight sanciva 5 45 Base curb weight cirio rio iii one 5 45 Carso Weight miaiiaiianionc i lt 5 45 GAW Gross axle Weight snai ioni 5 45 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 00000001 5 45 GVW Gross vehicle weight uiriozizin i 5 45 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 45 Vehicle will not sof ee sss ssssss
13. Adult or child age 13 and up Activated 2 Infant or child restraint system P Deactivated with 12 months old 3 SI 5 4 Malfunction in the system Activated 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as an infant depending on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat 4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old with or without child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat This is a normal condition Safetv features of vour vehicle Continued B990A080 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with the hips shifted Never place the feet on the dash front passenger seat towards the front of the seat board OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 Never place the feet on the front Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or center passenger seatback front passenger seatback console Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi XX NOTICE cator is still on
14. Capacity weight Driving your vehicle Certification label The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pil lar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger __ lt Driving your vehicle x NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be cov ered by your warranty Do not over load your vehicle Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the pro
15. Features of your vehicle m Making a Phone Call e Direct Calling Press button Say the following command Call lt John gt Connects the call to John Call lt John gt on lt Mobile gt Connects the call to John s mobile phone number Call lt John gt at lt Home gt Connects the call to john s home number Call lt John gt in lt Office gt Connects the call to John s office number Note Calls can be immediately connected to contacts who name or voice tag are saved in the phonebook or contacts e Calling by Name A phone call can be made by speaking names registered in the audio system Press button Say Call Say By name when prompted Say desired name in Phonebook or voice tag Say desired location phone number type Only stored locations can be selected Say Yes to confirm and make a call Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Call Name e Dialing by Number A phone call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers The system can recog nize single digits from zero to nine Press button Say Call Say By number when prompted Say desired phone numbers Say Dial to complete the number and make a call Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available Say Dial Number Say Dial lt digit gt n i n i el Features of your veh
16. Heat caused by hot cli mates or frequent high loading con ditions can accelerate the aging process These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicles may vary with respect to grade Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead brak ing traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics Maintenance e I gt 365 N SON MAUPPEoEE G E 15 Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C cor responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent
17. Heated steering wheel damaged by sharp object dam if equipped age to the heated steering wheel With the ENGINE START STOP button in components could Occur the ON position pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the steering wheel off press the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off lt will turn off automatically approximate ly 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on If you turn on the ignition again after turn off your engine in half an hour after operating heater button the heating sys tem will be maintained in its on condi tion Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving Do not place objects in the rear seat which would interfere with your vision through the rear window OTF040040 Day night rearview mirror if equipped Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driv ing Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Electric chromic mirror ECM with HomeLink system and compass if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with a
18. ON or ACC position your car will receive both AM and FM broadcast sig nals through the antenna in the rear win dow glass Features of your vehicle TFA_WHEEL_USA 2 Steering wheel audio controls if equipped The steering wheel may incorporate audio control buttons 4 CAUTION Do not operate audio remote con trol buttons simultaneously VOLUME 1 e Press the lever upward to increase the volume e Press the lever downward to decrease the volume SEEK PRESET N 2 The SEEK PRESET button has different functions based on the system mode For the following functions the button should be pressed for 0 8 seconds or more RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CD USB iPod mode It will function as the FF REW button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 seconds it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION buttons CD USB iPod mode It will function as TRACK UP DOWN but ton MODE 3 Press the button to change audio source FM 1 2 AM SAT 1 3 CD USB AUX iPod FM In addition to mode change Power on off can be made by pressing this button when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON Power ON Press the button when the audio is off Power OFF Press the button for more than 0 8seconds when the audio is on MUTE 4 if equipped e Press the button to mute the sound
19. To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the engine start stop button is in the ON position Front fog light indicator if equipped This indicator comes on when the front fog lights are ON Shift pattern indicator Na The indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift position is selected NOTICE If the engine coolant temperature warn ing light illuminates it indicates over heating that may damage the engine Features of your vehicle Charging system warning light E This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light illuminates while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized Kia dealer correct the problem as soon as possible Trunk lid open warning light This warning light illuminates when the trunk lid is not closed securely with the engine start stop button in any position 2 This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the engine start stop button in any position Door ajar warning light Tail light indicator DAL This indicator illuminates when the tail lights are on Immobilizer indic
20. Vehicle certification label lbmela Give d un A aaa a 8 7 Latch system see lower anchor system 3 31 Lighting SIBARI r ara 4 86 Battery saver function dusninicaia nia nica nda aan 4 86 Lower anchor system EE EEEE D chai sieve E aa ES EE SE E EEEE EEE EEE 3 31 Lubricants and capacities E E TETT 8 5 OO Os Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 19 Maintenance services snc 7 3 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 18 Normal maintenance schedule 7 8 Owner maintenance 7 5 Scheduled maintenance services Fa Tire maintenance ssssssssesssssssssssseeseessessesseessssessesssesseeee 7 43 Maintenance schedule iii Te Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 18 Normal maintenance schedule iii 7 8 Maintenance services rare 1 3 Memory fuse eiaa e 7 52 Wicca 437 Electric chromic mirror ECM with Homelink SYSTEM eci iii 4 37 Inside rearview mirror 4 37 Outside rearview mirror iii 4 44 CO TO 7 54 _N Index R Neck restraints see headrest eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 3 8 3 13 Rear SCA crc c rece ccc ceccccccccccccccecceccceccecsccecsecescecessesseeseseceecens 3 13 Rear view camera naar 4 84 O Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 38 Recommended lubricants and capacities 0000 8 5 Occupant Detection System SOLACE IOREI ORR ESEE REEERE 3 40 Recommended SAE viscosity number 8 6 Oieiisioe aa aan 4 48 Road warning E ninna paia ar
21. channel starting from the initial chan nel for ten seconds e Press the button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel If CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel chang ing is done through the channels with in current category O n vi Li SCAN MUTE w FOLDER SEN la 4 Button CATEGORY e Press button to enter the Category List Mode The display will indicate the category items highlight the category that the current channel belongs to In the Category List Mode press these buttons to navigate category list e Press Button to select the lowest channel in highlighted category If channel is selected by selecting cat egory CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen Features of your vehicle 3 4 5 6 f scan MUTE v CAT A A A FOLDER 5 EE Button Displays the information of the current channel as below when the button is pressed each time e When default display is CAT Category CH Channel Artist Title Composer if available Category Channel e When default display is ART Artist TITLE Title Category Channel Composer if available Artist Title TF_USA_SIRIUS Troubleshooting 1 Antenna Error If this message is displayed the anten na or antenna cable is broken or unplugged Please consult with your Kia dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is display
22. desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Safety features of your vehicle OTF030003 Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock OTF030004 Seat height for driver s seat To change the height of the seat move the lever upwards or downwards e To lower the seat cushion push down the lever several times e To raise the seat cushion pull up the lever several times Lumbar support for driver s seat Press the front portion of the switch to increase support or the rear portion of the switch to decrease support n i i A Safety features of your vehicle Automatic adjustment if equipped The front seat can be adjusted by using A CAUTION the control knob located on the outside of e The power seat is driven by an the seat cushion Before driving adjust electric motor Stop operating the seat to the proper position so as to once the adjustment is complet easily control the steerin
23. lar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather lt does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the out side temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire infla tion pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pres sure What to do in an emergency TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approxi mately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the system is able to correctly detect an under inflation warning at the same time as system failure then it will illuminate the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer as
24. soon as possible Features of vour vehicle Tilt and telescoping if equipped steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges Ea OTF040037 To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and height if equipped 3 then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving OTF040039 Horn To sound the horn press the horn sym bol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed Features of vour vehicle 4 CAUTION e Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system e When cleaning the heated steer ing wheel do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the sur f face of the steering wheel OTF040038 e If the surface of steering wheel is
25. tain conditions and using the electric motor alone the HEV system saves fuel When the HEV battery reaches a low state of charge the engine will cycle on and off to recharge the battery Charging also occurs when decelerat ing by using regenerative braking Hybrid System Display Many of the displays provide information about the hybrid system such as the ECO Level and ECO Score The ECO Level displays inform the driver of the vehicle s fuel efficiency If the vehi cle is driven economically the ECO Level rises When the vehicle is driven in EV mode there is a reduction in carbon diox ide CO2 emissions The Total ECO Score display indicates the number of times the ECO Level has reached its maximum ECO Level display OTFH042300 When the vehicle is started the ECO Level display will indicate level number 4 If you drive economically the ECO Level will increase However if you do not drive economically the ECO Level will decrease H2 Total ECO Score display OTFH042301C If your ECO Level reaches its maximum your Total ECO Score automatically rises by 1 point Total ECO Score points are saved and accumulate over time The image displayed on Total ECO Score will change continuously adding leaves and flowers to a branch OTFH040225N State of charge The state of charge SOC gauge indi cates the hybrid battery s charge level If the SOC is near Low L level the vehicle automatically
26. there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Continued e If the USB device is divided by e Please avoid using USB memory logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Continued products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below Features of your vehicle
27. tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you e Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces sive speeds On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stopping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system Driving vour vehicle W 78 The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the igni tion switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS but your regula
28. wires cables or components Assume that a high voltage component is exposed and move away from the vehicle as promptly as possible e Refer to Chapter 6 for towing informa tion or call Kia Roadside Assistance When the hybrid vehicle shuts off When the high voltage battery or 12 volt battery discharges or fuel tank is empty the hybrid system may not operate If the Hybrid system stops operating while the vehicle is moving reduce the vehicle speed gradually Pull your vehi cle off the road in a safe area and shift the transmission in to Park P position and 1 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 2 Set the start button at OFF and try to start the Hybrid system by applying the brake pedal and pushing the start but ton 3 If the Hybrid system will not operate refer to EMERGENCY STARTING in chapter 6 Before you try to jump start the vehicle confirm the fuel level If the fuel level is low add more fuel before attempting as emergancy start Index A Air bagsericnenizarnivio ini iii 3 94 Air bag warning labe berenean 3 57 Air bag warning light scenici iv nio aa Curtain air DaI eneen a aa 3 49 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 45 Occupant detection SYSTEM iii 3 40 Side impact air Dap sess crbnan caiene 3 48 SRS components a ndiunctions an eiiiiii 3 38 NE ONEEN EE ETEEN IA O TE 7 30 Air conditioning sci ci ei vivionicioninoni 8 2 Antenna plass jeeni e 4 117 Anti
29. 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trail er Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s plac ard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 65 kg 1400 Ibs and there will be five 68 kg 150 lbs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 295 kg 650 Ibs 635 340 5 x 68 295kg or 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 D
30. Above 10 km h 6 mph 6 seconds Unbuckled 4 a Below 5 km h Stop 3 mph Buckled gt Unbuckled 6 seconds 6 sec on 24 sec off 11 times 1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with an interval of 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately 2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately ee to Seat belt warning for front passenger s seat The front passenger s seat belt warning light will activate to the following table when the ignition switch is in ON posi tion n i ke Safety features of your vehicle Vehicle Above 10 km h Above 10 km h Conti y 6mph ontinuously Below 10 km h N 6mph one The seat belt warning light will go off if the vehicle speed decreases below 5 km h 3 mph If the vehicle speed increases above 5 km h 3 mph the warning light will blink again Buckled gt Unbuckled You can find the front passenger s seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel Although the front passenger seat is not occupied the seat belt warning light will blink for 6 seconds The seat belt warning light can blink when a briefcase or purse is placed on the front passenger seat 1 2 DI Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and
31. Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it 4 CAUTION Tire pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 200 kpa 29 PSI This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor age location in the vehicle What to do in an emergency Distributing the sealant 11 Immediately drive approximately 7 10km 4 6miles or about 10min to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire Do not exceed a speed of 80 km h 50 mph If possible do not fall below a speed of 20 km h 12 mph While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road Call for road side service or towing When you use the Tire Mobility Kit the tire pressure sensor valve stem and wheel may be stained by sealant After use wipe off sealant resdue and inspect Consult you Kia dealership if necessary Checking the tire inflation pres sure 1 After driving approximately 7 10 km 4 6 miles or about 10min stop at a safe location 2 Connect connection hose 9 of the compressor directly to the tire valve 3 Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet 4 Adjust the tire infla
32. CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children who are not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant safety seats must be prop erly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the safety standards of your country Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by seat belt or by a tether anchor and or LATCH anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in case of a sudden stop or an accident Safety features of your vehicle
33. For more informa tion visit the Bluetooth website at www Bluetooth com m General Features e This audio system supports Bluetooth wireless technology hands free and stereo headset features HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly through voice recognition STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from cellular phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly e Voice recognition engine of the Bluetooth wireless technology system supports 3 types of languages English Canadian French o US Spanish NOTICE The phone must be paired to the sys tem before using Bluetooth wireless technology features e Only one selected linked cellular phone can be used with the system at a time e Some phones are not fully compatible with this system e The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology m Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming call message and incoming phone num ber if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUM
34. I gt 365 N SON MAUPPEoEE G E 15 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1609 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2009 4 Tire ply composition and mate rial The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended
35. IF EQUIPPED OTF060002 Jack and tools The spare tire jack jack handle and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Remove the luggage under tray out of the way to reach the equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a towing serv ice company for assistance Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support j What to do in an emergenc Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack Removing and storing the spare tire Turn the tire hold down wing bolt counterclockwise Store the tir
36. If the engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emer gency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is discharged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connectors at the ignition coil and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be discon nected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4 f the engine still does not start call an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jumper Cables 2 R Wi ok x erem gt Discharged battery Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Booster battery OTFH050100N Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow these jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your
37. Nore eee 7 52 12 Brake Deda een 5 14 13 Accelerator pedal 5 7 14 Trunk lid release button 4 17 15 Fuel filler lid release button 4 25 if equipped The actual interior in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OTF010001N Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1 Instrument cluster ee 4 47 2 Light control Turn signals 4 87 3 WIDE Washer ta eain ne n eeteetcn 4 90 A PAO Merete Teo Ea e 4 35 5 Steering wheel audio control 4 118 6 Auto cruise controlere 5 27 A Drivers al Dag e ero 3 45 8 Steering wheel 4 34 9 ENGINE START STOP button 5 5 HOR DiC Hallack e en ce cutee n 4 115 bibbia EE 4 80 lA Uci rsa oa 4 117 13 Climate control system 4 97 14 Shit lever Za a Ea 5 9 15 Aux USB and iPod port 4 119 16 Poweroulot oana a aa a 4 114 I SCAU WAME titan nn See lig Passengers alibagi ea 3 45 l9 Glove DIX A 4 111 if equipped The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OTF010002N dn i i i i Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT Te SUD Elay Dox n an a 1 59 2 Engine coolant reservoir 7 24 3 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 29 APRadiaioniCap niacin mitten 7 26 S Engine oil dipstick e eeatt an 7 22 Gr Engine oll filler cap eee 7 22 7 Brake fluid reservoir
38. Press the button to turn off the micro phone during a telephone call Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this section Features of vour vehicle sci Aux USB and iPod port If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc FM radio reception IONOSPHERE JBM001 How vehicle audio works AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM radio reception IONOSPHERE JBM002 AM broadcasts c
39. The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the igni tion key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the fol lowing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experi ence the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OTF040020 Window opening and closing Type A The driver s door has a master power window switch that controls all the win dows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 dn i i n i i Features of your vehicle OTF040021 Type B Auto down window if equipped Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent posi tion 6 completely lowers the driver s window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation momentarily pull up the switch to the opposite direction of
40. The smart key near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work cor rectly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an author ized Kia dealer e If the smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the smart key and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate dis tance between the two devices CAUTION Transmitter Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid as it can become damaged and not function properly This device complies with industry Canada standards RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications
41. These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P205 65R16 94H P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 205 Tire width in millimeters 65 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 16 Rim diameter in inches 94 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 6 5JX16 6 5 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 16 Rim diameter in inches Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicles The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Maximum Speed 180 km h 112 mph 190 km h 118 mph 210 km h 130 mph 240 km h 149 mph Above 240 km h 149 mph Maintenance e
42. Tire Mobility Kit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobil ity kit Do not use on motorcycles bicy cles or any other type of tires When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 6 mm 0 24 in Please contact the nearest Kia dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pres sure Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min at a time or it may overheat Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below 30C 22 F What to do in an emergency 9 Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing OEL069020 Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 0 Speed restriction label 4 Holder for the sealant bottle 1 Sealant bottle an
43. To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating ESC indicator light blinks If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat ing the vehicle may slip out of control Hill start assist control HAC Hill start Assist Control works to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards while driving from a stop on an inclined sur face HAC holds the braking pressure built up during stopping The brakes are held for 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal During the pressure hold period the driver has enough time to press the accelerator pedal to drive off The braking pressure is reduced as soon as the system detects the driver s inten tion to drive off Driving your vehicle e The HAC does not operate when the transaxle shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position e The HAC activates even though the ESP is off but it does not activate when the ESP has malfunctioned Driving your vehicle Vehicle stability management VSM This system provides further enhance ments to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehicle is driving on a slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when brak ing VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESP indi cator light amp blinks When the vehicle stability management is operating properly y
44. Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the wind shield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation ae A ta sensor OYF049103 AUTO Automatic control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON the wiper will operate once to perform a self check of the system Set the wiper to off posi tion when the wiper is not in use Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers NOTICE Sensor cover Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass as this may damage the sensor system NOTICE Winter driving Always set the auto wiper switch to the off position in the winter to avoid auto activation during icy conditions whic
45. and the room lamp stays on continuously If the type B room lamp switch is OFF it doesn t work The lights turn off even if a door is opened When the lamp is turned ON by pressing the lens 1 the lamp does not turn off even if the switch 2 is in the OFF posi tion The map lamp and the room lamp stay on at all times dn i i E i i n Features of your vehicle OTF040110 A OTF040112 Room lamp Trunk room lamp if equipped Glove box lamp if equipped To turn the room lamp push lens 3 The trunk room lamp comes on when the The glove box lamp comes on when the trunk is opened glove box is opened The parking lights or headlights must be A CAUTION ON for the glove box lamp to function The trunk room lamp comes on as long as the trunk lid opens To pre A CAUTION vent unnecessary charging system T O prevent unnecessary charging drain close the trunk lid securely system drain close the glove box after using the trunk securely after using the glove box Features of vour vehicle OLM049105 Vanity mirror lamp Push the switch to turn the light on or off 5 The lamp will turn on if this button is pressed e The lamp will turn off if this button is pressed Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off it may discharge the battery or dam age the sunvisor Features of your vehicle DE
46. are not limited to those mentioned above e The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extreme ly short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe colli sion and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also caus es the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the steer ing wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel Safety features of your vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag infla
47. ask the passenger to The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF move to the rear seat indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occupant detection sensor will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front pas senger seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag Safety features of your vehicle Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the available lap shoulder belts No matter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat NOTICE Do not modify or replace the front pas senger seat Don t place anything on or attach anything such as a blanket front seat covers or after market seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system If the occupant detection system is not working
48. control air filter The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle NOTICE Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty rough roads more frequent climate control air fil ter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized Kia dealer Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative influence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your
49. follow OFF gt ACC gt ON gt OFF If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time the battery will discharge Driving your vehicle OTF050007 Starting the hybrid system with a smart key if equipped 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park 4 Press the ENGINE START STOP but ton while depressing the brake pedal 5 In extremely cold weather below 18 C 0 F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator STARTING THE HYBRID SYSTEM Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator e Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the ENGINE START STOP but ton is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the warning Key is not in vehicle will illuminate on the LCD display And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you A CAUTION If ambient temperature is low the READY symbol may stay illumi nated longer than the normal amount of time Driving your vehicle OTF05
50. in What to do in an emergency TOWING It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dol lies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the rear OMC045012 Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an author ized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing proce A CAUTION Towine dures are necessary to prevent damage Do not tow the vehicle backwards to the vehicle The use of wheel dollies or ily iva her enna Gr UE flatbed Is recommended ground as this may cause dam For trailer towing guidelines information age to the vehicle refer to Trailer towing in section 5 HXD03 Do not tow with sling type equip ment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 3 Owner maintenance 7 5 Scheduled maintenance service 7 7 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 19 Engine oil 7 22 Coolant 7 24 Brake fluid 7 28 Washer fluid 7 29 Parking brake 7 29 Air cleaner 7 30 Climate control air filter 7 31 Wiper blades 7 32 Bat
51. in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the move ment of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er you should carry appropriate emer gency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand a shovel jumper cables a window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls a blanket etc Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed y kor Le poida total des occupants et du changement ne cot jamais depasser kjou PNEU DIMENSIONSI PNEUS FROD FRONT P205 65R16 235kPa 34psi REAR VOIR LE MA nere Paosesnie zen sisi DERON esans 712500016 zor 600 GESS TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOWERE DE PLACES The combined wesghi of occupants and car
52. indicator will blink The meter s working range is from 50 to 990 km 30 to 990 miles Average Speed 9 2 kmh OTFH042066C Average speed MPH or km h This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps going while the engine is running Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average speed is being displayed clears the average speed to zero Features of your vehicle Elapsed Time 12 34 OTFH042067C Elapsed time This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed continues to be calculat ed while the engine is running The meters working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 0 00 NOTICE e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehi cle The fuel consumption if equipped and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condi tion of the vehicle The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available d
53. ing the tire The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehi cle Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control if equipped to work irregularly Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire Maintenance i o_o GG Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life braking and stopping abilities handling characteristics ground clearance body to tire clear ance snow chain clearance speedometer and odometer calibra tion headlight aim and bumper height A CAUTION Wheel Wheels that do not meet Kia s specifications may fit poorly and result in dam
54. install a new one as soon as possible Always observe the following Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than 1 6 km 1 mile since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres sure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Checking tire inflation pres sure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by look ing at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 6 km 1 mile Maintenance C i pl e o zz lt cszA auaua_4_y_y_y _ _zzza aa p Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal
55. light if equipped EPS This warning light illuminates after the engine start stop button is turned to the ON position and then it will go off when the engine starts This light also comes on when the EPS has malfunctioned If it comes on while driving have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer key not in vehicle OTFH040081N LCD display warning if equipped Key is not in vehicle If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC ON or START position the warning illu minates on the LCD display Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is not in the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Key not detected DI OTFH040082N Key is not detected If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the ENGINE START STOP button the warning illumi nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for 10 seconds el Features of your vehicle Low Key Battery E OTFH040083N Low key battery If the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed to the OFF position when the smart key in the vehicle discharges the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Replace the battery with a new one Press brake pedal to start engine OTFH040084N Press brake pedal to start engine If the ENGINE START
56. lock brake system ABS civic ricnioni 5 18 Appearance Care sissescerieiioniorineniciizio re ciinionneziarione 7 61 Exterior care eeren n a 7 61 T E ENN I ee 7 66 miele pn 3 15 Audio System ere rioni iis iviviicicizic 4 117 Ue 4 117 Steering wheel audio control cri 4 118 Automatic climate control SYSTEM iii 4 96 Air conditioning seenen 4 103 Climate control air filter iii 4 106 Economy air conditioning sciioniiiioni e 4 104 Heating and air conditioning siii rin 4 98 Automatic transaxle TO 5 9 Shift lock system OOO IO 5S 1 3 Aux USB and 1Pod port EI II 0 4 1 19 B attery ei 7 35 B attery eee 0000001 amp 2 B attery saver MIDO niterna 4 86 Before driving ceri iii 5 3 Bottle holders see cup holder 4 113 Brake SYSTEM i 5 14 Anti lock brake system ABS s ssssessssssessavasanseess 5 18 Electronic stability control ESC 00 5 20 Hill start assist control HAC iii 5 23 Parking broko teienei 5 16 Poner a ee E lea ceteadnnacenatia 5 14 ALE T EE AE OEE I AA 7 28 Bulb Wattage ci iii 8 3 Button start stop see engine start stop button 5 5 Camera Reinvia 4 84 Capacities Lubricants CO TITO IP 5 45 Capacity weight ilaria 9 2 Care Exteriof care mais 7 61 lateior Care antenata 7 66 E A EIA T E AEA S A T 7 38 Cargo welig hieer eiia aa 5 45 Center console Storage iii 000 4 111 Central door lock switch 4 14 Certification abelacnnranenana ana 5 43 Cenitication Label ssascascasaadsdarientannteroeces
57. not expressly approved by the party respon sible for compliance it will not be cov ered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty dn i n i E n n n Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED OTF040002 Remote keyless entry system operations Lock 1 All doors are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and trunk are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and trunk are locked Also if the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds the hazard warn ing lights will blink and the chime will sound once to confirm that the door is locked However if any door remains open the hazard warning lights and or the chime will not operate But if all doors are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once Unlock 2 The driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors are unlocked if the unlock but ton is pressed once more within 4 sec onds The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice again to indicate that all doors are unlocked After pressing this button the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to wat
58. plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack OTFH062008 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 30 mm 1 2 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs What to do in an emergency Wheels and wheel covers may have _ 10 To install the wheel hold it on the sharp edges Handle them carefully studs put the wheel nuts on the to avoid possible injury Before put studs and tighten them finger ting the wheel into place be sure tight Jiggle the tire to be sure it is that there is nothing on the hub or completely seated then tighten wheel such as mud tar gravel etc the nuts as much as possible that prevents with the wheel from fit with your fingers again ting solidly against the hub 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench c
59. removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door e With this feature the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the Hybrid System is turned off perform the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Daytime running light Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be help ful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system will turn OFF when 1 The headlight switch is ON 2 The parking brake is applied 3 Engine stops Headlight escort function If equipped The headlights and or taillights will remain on for approximately 20 minutes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the driver s door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 30 sec onds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position 4 CAUTION If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors except dri ver s door the battery saver func tion does not operate and the head light escort function does not turn off auto
60. section Even when the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices Engine compartment panel fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse box cover by press ing the tap and pulling up the cover 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine com partment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION Fuse panel covers After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely install the fuse panel cover to pre vent electrical failures which may occur from water leaking in Maintenance OVG079022 Multi fuse If the multi fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Remove the fuse panel in the engine compartment 2 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 3 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 4 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal fi j OYFH071021N Oil pump cooling fuse Cooling fan fuse If the oil pump cooling fuse or cooling fan fuse is blown it must be removed as fol lows 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the fuse panel on the right side in the engine compartment 4 Replace the
61. sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors Always visually check behind the vehi cle when backing up Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabili ties and limitations Self diagnosis If you dont hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit tently when shifting the gear to the R Reverse position this may indicate a malfunction in the rear parking assist sys tem If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of vour vehicle REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED Always keep the camera lens clean If lens is covered with foreign matter the camera may not operate normally Ne 0TF040103N The rearview camera will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse position This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the uvo audio or navigation display back ing up Features of vour vehicle WELCOME SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED OTF040113N Welcome light if equipped When all the doors and trunk are locked and closed the room lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed Without smart key system When the
62. stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tire pres sure gauge Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling loss of vehicle con trol and sudden tire failure leading to accidents injuries and even death The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver s side center pillar Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to s
63. technology Phone settings The ADVANCED menu may differ according to audio specifica tions Incoming Volume call volume adjust ments While in ADVANCED menu select In Vol Use the knob key to set the desired vol ume and press the button Contacts Sync Automatic Phonebook download setting While in ADVANCED menu select Contacts to automatically save the contacts and call history in your mobile phone each time you connect a mobile device select ON If you do not wish for automatic download select OFF It s not available to make a phone call by bluetooth audio system while the phone book is being downloaded Language of Bluetooth wireless technol ogy voice recognition While in ADVANCED menu press Language To change the language select the desired language and press the button Bluetooth wireless technology sys tem off While in ADVANCED menu press BT Off To turn off the Bluetooth System kt el Features of vour vehicle m Voice Recognition Activation The voice recognition engine contained in the Bluetooth wireless technology System can be activated in the follow ing conditions Button Activation The voice recognition system will be active when the button is pressed and after the sound of a Beep Active Listening The voice recognition system will be active for a period of time when the Voice Recognition system has asked for a customer response e The syst
64. that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system the seat belt oper ation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint system in this section To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking opera tion mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract P Ai OBH038023N When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used Safety features of your vehicle B210A01NF 1 To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 of the locking buckle When it is released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again OMG035300 Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions or side collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In cert
65. that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Maintenance Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per fume and cosmetic oil from contacting the das
66. the front pas senger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfort ably extended feet on the floor and wearing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt e The ODS Occupant Detection System may not function properly if the passen ger takes actions which can defeat the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or center console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or rest ing them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back n i A Safety features of your vehicle Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system Indicator Warning light Condition detected by the occupant PASSENGER AIR detection system BAG OFF indica SRS warning Front oa light alr Dag tor light 1
67. to its ownership etc OVQ076002N VIN label The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL OTF080002 The vehicle certification label attatched on the driver s side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number VIN dn i o i n i Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL PRESSURE LABEL x ase OYFH081003N C4 OMG055004 The engine number is stamped on the The refrigerant label is located on the The tires supplied on your new vehicle engine block as shown in the drawing engine hood are chosen to provide the best perform ance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your vehicle Hybrid System Overview Kia HYBRID SYSTEM H2 OPTIMA HYBRID ENERGY FLOW H4 STARTING THE HYBRID VEHICLE H6 THE COMPONENTS OF HYBRID VEHICLE H8 Kia HYBRID SYSTEM Kia Hybrid Electric Vehicle HEV uses a gasoline engine and an electric motor for power The electric motor is run from a 270V high voltage HEV bat tery The HEV computer decides when to use the engine and when to use elec tric motor according to driving condi tions At times both are used simulta neously By turning off the engine under cer
68. to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected E Type A Features of your vehicle OTFH040139N Fan speed control The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pressing the fan speed control switch To change the fan speed press the AN part of the switch for higher speed or press the part of the switch for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the OFF button OTFH040140N Air conditioning Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off OTFH040141N OFF mode Press the OFF button to turn off the air climate control system However you can still operate the mode and air intake but tons as long as the engine start stop but ton is in the ON position Features of your vehicle OTFH040142N Climate information screen selection if equipped Press the climate information screen selection button to display climate infor mation on the screen OTFH040230N Economy air conditioning button 1 If you push the ECON button while the air conditioning system is working the air conditioning system will work
69. vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING e For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right not position and the fan speed control to the highest speed If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows e Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve OTF040145N 1 heater and defroster efficiency and to Automatic climate control system reduce the probability of fogging UP To defog inside windshield the inside of the windshield 1 Select desired fan speed 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defroster button 7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically adjust the corre sponding button manually Features of vour vehicle OTF040146N 1 To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defroster button 7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automati cally according to certain conditions such as
70. vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wire less devices and through an Internet connection on personal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include e Hardware and an introductory trial sub scription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle For a small upgrade fee access to SIRIUS music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only For information on extended subscrip tion terms contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 NOTE Satellite Radio requires SIRIUS com patible receiver and a subscription serv ice fee after trial period Vehicles without a factory installed radio receiver require hardware pur chase and installation Please see your dealer for further details All fees and programming subject to change Subscriptions governed by the SIRIUS Terms amp Conditions available at www sirius com service terms Available only in the 48 contiguous United States and the District of Columbia Service available in Canada see www siriuscanada ca Kia shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to re activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS n i i E i i el F
71. will indicate level number 4 If you drive economically the ECO Level will increase However if you do not drive economically the ECO Level will decrease If your ECO Level reaches its maximum your Total ECO Score automatically rises by 1 point Total ECO Score points are saved and accumulate over time The image displayed on Total ECO Score will change continuously adding leaves and flowers to a branch dn i i i n n n Features of your vehicle Average 8 7 O L 100km 20 OTFH042064C Average fuel consumption if equipped 1 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average con sumption reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 50 m 0 03 miles Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average fuel con sumption is being displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h after refueled more than 6 the average fuel consumption will be cleared to zero Distance to Empty 223 km OTFH042062C Distance to empty mi or km This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 50 km 30 miles will be displayed and the dis tance to empty
72. 00 eee rece e eee re ceo serio recco eo rezeo recco reo seo cere eeneoeeo 3 9 Seatback pocket Per ee rere eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee ee eee ee 3 12 CO C O 0FCCC L V VVXzU _LXXX X _X X _xX _X_X _ _ i Index RO O e Bo Amile iaia 3 15 Front seat adjustment IT 3 4 peli 3 8 3 13 POTRO RO RR RO RO RR 18 Seat warmer iii 3 9 Seatback pocket rie 3 12 Shift lock system deen i 5 13 Side impact air bag sirena ririczicni 3 53 Smart key ae aen iann ene a SR 4 4 Smooth corner ng nendin ioninoia cn 5 34 SIONI 5 37 Spare tire Compact spare Lana 6 19 Compact spare tire replacement Ladinia 7 42 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 14 Special driving conditions Aerea eisean 5 33 Driving at night Ray 5 34 Driving in flooded areas iiiiniioii ini e 5 35 Driving in the rain iii ioni vieni 5 35 Hazardous driving conditions 5 33 Highway driving scrriiriizz i ii 5 36 Rocking the vehicle siii inno 5 33 Smooth Cornering inizio ici inzio 5 34 S pocdome te oeoa n A 4 48 Sports Mode ag A E EEE 5 11 Starting difficulties see vehicle will not start 6 3 Starting the hybrid sila 5 7 I Steering wheel iii 4 34 Electric power steering ia 4 34 oliena 4 35 Tilt steering iaia a 4 35 Steering wheel audio control iii 4 118 Storage compartment ie 4 111 Center console Storage e 4 111 love DOr Aerar E O E O EEA 4 111 Sunglass holder 4 112 Sunglass holder
73. 0006 If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine Do not press the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown Driving vour vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED a a G P a Tey Shift lever Button Wile To shift depress the brake pedal and press the button Press the button when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OTF050010 1 Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed The indi vidual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module tl Driving your vehicle For smooth operatio
74. 0A01NF You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips If the lap belt is located too high on your waist it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision The arm closest to the seat belt buckle should be over the belt while the other arm should be under the belt as shown in the illustration Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combina tion retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recommended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the fea tures of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic lock ing retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type lt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so
75. 27N j S wt Distance to Empty OTF040059 READY indicator Trip computer n READY The trip computer is a microcomputer verage speed controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving on Elapsed time nu i ui the display when the engine start stop This light illuminates if it is possible to button is in the ON position All stored Li STAT driving information is reset if the battery TRIP A position If the vehicle fail to start this 9 disconnected light doesn t come on Also if this light is blinking while driving it indicates a fault to enter into a limited operating mode If Outcide Temoeratur this light goes off while driving it indi cates a fault that will cause the vehicle to shut down If these occur have your vehi Distance to Service cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer if equipped Features of vour vehicle OPTIMA HYBRID ENERGY FLOW Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers of EV Propulsion Engine Only Propulsion energy flow in various operating modes Twelve Modes show drivers the current operating condition OTFH040215N OTFH040218N Motor power is used to move the vehicle Engine power is used to move the vehi Battery gt Wheel cle Engine Wheel Vehicle Stop Power Assist Engine Generation OTFH040217N OTFH040221N The mode means the vehicle stop Motor and Engine power are used to a No energy flow move the vehicle Vehicle is stopped with t
76. 734 e Adding Entry by Phone Press button Say Phonebook Say Add Entry after prompt Say By Phone to proceed Say Yes to confirm Your phone will start to transfer phone contact list to the audio system This process may take over 10 min utes depending on the phone model and number of entries Wait till the audio displays Transfer Complete message e Changing Name The registered names can be modified Press button Say Phonebook Say Change Name after prompt Say the name of the entry voice tag Say Yes to confirm Say new desired name Features of your vehicle Deleting Name m Bluetooth wireless technology Audio The registered names can be deleted Speaker Adaptation Speaker adaptation will improve perform Press button ance of voice recognition system to a Say Phonebook particular user voice Say Delete Name after prompt This will degrade the performance for Say the name of the entry voice tag ther users Say Yes to confirm e Record Press button for 10sec Say Record profile Say Yes Say the word displayed on Radio e Delete Press button for 10sec Say Delete profile Say Yes Features of vour vehicle m Key matrix Paired H P SE i i i E Disconnected i SOMeeted Incoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call mpty BT SETUP menu 2n
77. An incor rect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emis sion control system CAUTION Exterior paint Do not spill fuel on the exterior sur faces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint Features of vour vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OVG049031 If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the over head console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing condi tions After the vehicle is washed or in a rain storm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it 4 CAUTION Sunroof control lever Do not continue to press the sun roof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened closed or tilted Damage to the motor or system components could occur The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted while in an open or slide position e YN Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is closed If you pull the sunroof control lever back ward to the second detent position the sunshade will slide all the way open then the sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentaril
78. DY symbol on the instru ment cluster will turn on For more details Please check chapter 5 I N STARTING THE HYBRID VEHICLE SMART KEY ECONOMICAL and SAFE OPERA TION of Hybrid system e Drive smoothly Accelerate at a mod erate rate and maintain a steady cruis ing speed Don t make jack rabbit starts Don t race between stoplights Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnec essary braking This also reduces brake wear The regenerative brake generates energy when the vehicle decelerates When the hybrid battery power is low the hybrid system automatically recharges the hybrid battery When the engine runs in N position the hybrid system cannot generate electricity The hybrid battery cannot recharge in N position Please refer to chapter 5 H6 NOTICE In the hybrid system the engine auto matically runs and stops If the hybrid system operates the READY symbol is illuminated In the following situations the engine may turn on and off automatically When the hybrid battery is dis charged When the hybrid battery reaches a certain temperature H8 THE COMPONENTS OF HYBRID VEHICLE 1 Engine 2 4L 2 Motor 30kW 3 Transmission 6AT 4 Hybrid starter generator HSG 5 High voltage battery system 6 HPCU Hybrid Power Control Unit 7 Electric Water Pump EWP 8 Brake
79. E buttons on the steering wheel E Transfer a Call to the Phone Secret all Press and hold button on the steering wheel until the audio system transfers a call to the phone n i n n i n Features of your vehicle E Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Call message and the other party s phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Finish a Call Press button on the steering wheel NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may have difficulty hearing each other 1 Speaking at the same time your voice may not reach each other parties This is not a malfunction Speak alternate ly with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the volume to a low level High level volume may result in distortion and echo When driving on a rough road When driving at high speeds When the window is open When the air conditioning vents are facing the microphone When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud NA Vi amp eo NI m Bluetooth Audio Music Streaming The audio system supports Bluetooth A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile technologies Both profiles provide steaming of music via compatible PAIRED Bluetooth wireless technology Cellular phone To stream music from the Bluetooth wireless technology cellular phone play your music files on your cellular phone a
80. F button effect of brake control and to LOCK position when ESC for at least half a second after indicates nothing unusual is off ESC remains off Upon turning the ignition ON to turn e When moving out of the mud restarting the engine the ESC off ESC OFF indicator or slippery road pressing the ESC will automatically turn will illuminate To turn the accelerator pedal may not on again ESC on press the ESC OFF cause the engine rpm revo button ESC OFF indicator lutions per minute to light will go off increase e When starting the engine you may hear a slight ticking sound This is the ESC per forming an automatic system self check and does not indi cate a problem ce Driving your vehicle m ESC indicator light i LL m ESC OFF indicator light ee OFF Indicator light When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is operating normally The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the but ton Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunc tion When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires ESC OFF usage When driving It s a good idea to keep the ESC turned on for daily driving whenever possible e
81. FOLDER eS a 6 ANZ Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of FILE NAME TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL FILE NORMAL DISPLAY FILE NAME Displays no information if the file has no song information Features of your vehicle 8 Knob amp Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode CAT FOLDER SCAN MUTE v 7 20m8 Button e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder Press button to move to parent folder display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE iPod DEVICE Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE The Kia iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the Continued When the iPod cable is connected the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect Sup a iPod models audio system The USB cable pro a EA ou a
82. FROSTER 4 CAUTION Conductors To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield Defrosting and Defogging in this section OTF040115 Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster manually press the rear window defroster button again Outside mirror defroster If equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the out side rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Features of vour vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED D2 DUA tll 77 OB or Fan speed control switch Driver s temperature control knob Air conditioning button
83. Features of your vehicle SIRIUS Satellite Radio information if equipped Satellite Radio channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 chan nels including 69 channels of 100 com mercial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS Satellite Radio channels visit sirius com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehi cle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satel lite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the anten na clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception SIRIUS Satellite Radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broad casts music sports news and entertain ment programming to radio receivers which are available for installation in motor
84. Gentex Automatic Dimming Mirror with a Z Nav Electronic Compass Display and an Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System During nighttime driving this feature will automatically detect and reduce rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehi cle is pointed The HomeLink Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door s electric gate home light ing etc ed Features of your vehicle 1521314151617 Channel 1 button Channel 2 button Status indicator LED Channel 3 button Rear light sensor Dimming ON OFF button Compass control button 8 OYF049230C Automatic Dimming Night Vision Safety NVS Mirror The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is the most advanced way to reduce annoying glare in the rearview mirror during any driving situation For more information regarding NVS mirrors and other appli cations please refer to the Gentex web site www gentex com 4 CAUTION The NVS Mirror automatically reduces glare during driving condi tions based upon light levels moni tored in front of the vehicle and from the rear of the vehicle These light sensors are visible through openings in the front and rear of the mirror case Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature Automatic dimming function Your mirror will automatically dim upon detecting glare from the vehicles travel ing behind you The auto dimmin
85. IP button to the desired item and select RESET button Auto Door Lock Off The auto door lock operation will be canceled Speed All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km h 9 3 mph Shift Lever All doors will be automati cally locked if the shift lever is shifted from the P Park position to the R Reverse N Neutral or D Drive posi tion Auto Door Unlock Off The auto door unlock operation will be inactivated Key Out All doors will be automatically unlocked when smart key is removed from the smart key holder Shift Lever All doors will be automati cally unlocked if the shift lever is shifted to the P Park position Twice Unlock On The driver s door will unlock if the door is unlocked When the door is unlocked again within 4 seconds all doors will unlock Off The two turn unlock function will be inactivated Therefore all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked Except the central door lock switch Horn feedback On The hazard warning light will blink and the horn will sound when the door is locked or unlocked with the transmitter or smart key Off The hazard warning light will blink but the horn will not sound when the door is locked or unlocked with the transmitter or smart key Seat Easy Access only for Driver Position Memory System equipped vehicle On The driver s seat will automatically move forward or rearward for the dr
86. Inspect rear brake disc pads Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect vacuum hose U Inspect W pump belt auto tensioner HSG w pump First 96 000 km or 72 months after every 24 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect inverter coolant hose Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace engine oil and filter 120 000 km or 120 months U Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 132 000 km or 66 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect HSG belt 132 000 km or 132 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 132 000 km or 132 months U Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 1 lf TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 144 000 km or 72 months Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake fluid Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots O Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect fuel filter U Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter i
87. Kia THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD OO O_O Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle When you require service remember that your Kia Dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained tech nicians recommended special tools genuine Kia replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle It is sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to r
88. N MODE 4 62 The service indicator a dia A E E O TT 4 62 The ECO CUIDE secret 4 51 IEEE Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 6 Indicators and Warnings wr rico a 4 61 Inside rearview mirror erseeceeeeeeeeerteeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 37 Instrument cluster ssssssssssssssssseesesessescesesesessesesessesee 4 47 Engine temperature gauge iii 4 50 Fuel gauge criari iii 4 49 Instrument panel im mattoni 4 48 RL OT 4 48 Speedometer iiireriieri nia 4 48 Trip cOMputer iii iii 4 52 Warning and indicators iiiiiicaio _ 11 10100 4 61 Instrument panel iaia 7 52 Instrument panel Wiis or 4 48 Instrument panel Ghia Wal AE ee 2 3 Vea Wo eet cos eget ori 7 66 Interior gists er ee 4 113 Aux USB and iPod portes sssssssssessssesesssssevesessnsessnnns 4 119 Clothes hanger riiiirionii ii eri 4 115 Cup holder suini ici 4 113 Digital clock ssmiaiiiaziionIizrii ine 4 115 Floor mat anchor asce ian 4 116 Power outle t sssssssssessssssssesesesecsessesssessesseseseeeeee 4 114 SI 4 113 Index Interior light alii n ai IS la a Gala Bla 10 sja ala Scalalala e a0 a alb A lara d Alea ere Sade 4 93 Interior overview RIO E 2 2 Inverter coolant T OOO T 7 24 Jack and tools with spare tire E TETEE 6 13 Jump starting E E T E E T TT TT 6 5 L Label Air bag warning label E A 3 57 Tire sidewall labeling AO II 7 43 Tire specification and pressure label 00 8 8
89. ON Reducing lug nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an authorized Kia dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the Spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure if necessary Refer to Tires and wheels in section 8 What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tire if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare tire It takes up less space than a regular size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The com pact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with
90. RADIO upwards Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME e The SCAN feature steps through each Press GEED GR button more and AUDIO CONTROL station starting from the initial station than 0 8 seconds or longer to save the for 5 seconds current station to the respective button 1 EUN Button Press the button again to stop with a beep The FM AM button toaales between FM the scan feature and to listen to the and AM Listed Ha ne the paths as currently selected channel 7 SL Button the system switches from FM to AM and Press this button to enter SETUP mode back to FM 5 Bilis Button If no action is taken for 8 seconds it will FM AM FM1 FM2 AM FM1 When the button is pressed stops sound eturn to previous mode and Audio Mute is displayed on LCD In SETUP mode rotate the TUNE knob POWER VOL to move the cursor between items and 2 Button amp Knob push the TUNE knob to select e Turns the audio system on off when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON i j e f the knob is turned clockwise counter TF_USA_RADIO clockwise the volume will increase 6 PRESET Buttons decrease Press IMM buttons less than 0 8 seconds to play the station saved in each button Features of your vehicle SCROLL Select whether long file names are scrolled continuously On or just once Off e SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control Select this item to turn the SDVC feature On or Off If it is turned ON volume level i
91. Restraint System SRS When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked by an author ized Kia dealer if W7 147 Safety features of your vehicle OTF030049N SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following com ponents 1 Driver s front air bag module 2 Passenger s front air bag module 3 Side impact air bag modules 4 Curtain air bag modules 5 Retractor pre tensioner assemblies 6 Air bag warning light 7 SRS control module SRSCM 8 Front impact sensors 9 Side impact sensors 10 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator Front passenger s seat only 11 Occupant detection system Front passenger s seat only 12 Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors 13 Anchor pre tensioner assembly If equipped The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the air bag warning light should go out If any of the following conditions occurs this indicates a malfunction of the SRS Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible e The light does not turn on briefl
92. STOP button is pressed to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Shift to P position el sj PV a OTFH040085N Shift to P position If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will change to the ACC position If the button is pressed once more it will change to the ON position The warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position to turn off the engine Features of your vehicle Remove key OTFH040086N Remove key When you turn off the engine with the smart key in the smart key holder the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the smart key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds To remove the smart key push the smart key once and pull it out from the smart key holder Insert key OTFH040087N Insert key If you press the ENGINE START STOP button while Key is not detected illumi nates on the LCD display the warning Insert key illuminates for about 10 sec onds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds Press start button again OTFH040088N Press sta
93. TF_USA_USB Using USB device 1 Button USB or AUX If the auxiliary device is connected it switches to AUX or USB mode to play the sound from the auxiliary player If there is no auxiliary device then the message No Media will become dis played on the LCD for 3 seconds and returns to previous mode 2 HE Button RANDOM e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to play songs randomly in current folder e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play songs randomly in entire USB device e To cancel RANDOM play press this button again 3 HB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to repeat current song Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to repeat all songs in current folder To cancel REPEAT press this button again 4 Button e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the current song Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed Ue TTT TF USA USB 5 Ries Button Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again SCAN MUTE af
94. Tire Pressure Telltale TPMS Tire Pressure monitoring system Malfunction indicator Seat belt warning light 12V charging system warning light High beam indicator Malfunction indicator etek Active ECO Turn signal indicator Air bag warning light Immobilizer indicator ryu Front fog light indicator O m 4 Cruise indicator SAYA EV Electronic Vehicle MODE MODE ESC indicator ESC malfunction SA Cruise SET indicator indicator on Vehicle ready indicator Engine coolant temperature ESC OFF indicator warning light ABS warning light Service indicator mS Ee If equipped Low fuel level warning light 2 i For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4 Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Driver position memory system 4 32 2 Door lock unlock button ses 4 13 3 Outside rearview mirror control WIE AEE ee en E A DE 4 44 4 Power window lock button 4 23 5 Power window switches 4 20 6 Central door lock switch 4 14 7 Instrument panel illumination control KOOD CER Ceaser rent LE 4 47 BTESC OFF DUHOM eee eo ee 5 20 9 Steering wheel tilt lever 4 35 10 Hood release lever 4 24 TEL EUS tO
95. U 3 10A ECU 1 30A F PUMP 20A si FUSE TCU 2 Transaxle Range Switch Hybrid Fuse amp Relay Box HAC Relay Stop Lamp Switch ESC Module ESC 3 10A Multipurpose Check Connector B UP LP A V amp Navigation Head Unit Audio Electro Chromic Mirror BCM Li Rear Combination Lamp IN LH RH OPCU 2 Hybrid Fuse amp Relay Box OPCU Relay Electric Oil Pump Unit Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel Engine junction fuses PDM 1 ACO Relay CIFAN LO Relay E47 Deicer Relay PLUG MICRO PLUG MICRO S PDM 2 IG1 Relay PDM 3 IG2 Relay PLUG MICRO Engine compartment sub fuse panel Sub relay box Description Fuse rating Protected component OPCU PCU Relay CIFAN CIFAN HI Relay Maintenance n H M cjA IDIM EM b6 eliGG EK E APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and r
96. When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes if equipped You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes 4 CAUTION Replace brake pedal Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs dn i i n n Driving your vehicle i pusH PUSH OFF OFF OTF050015 Parking brake Applying the parking brake Foot type To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then depress the park ing brake pedal down as far as possible Releasing the parking brake Foot type To release the parking brake depress the parking brake pedal a second time while applying the foot brake The pedal will automatically extend to the fully released position OTF050017 Driving your vehicle If at all possible stop driving the vehicle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehi cle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair sh
97. afety features of your vehicle OTF030044 1 Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels some required by the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS are attached to the sunvisor to alert the driver and passen gers of potential risks of the air bag sys tem Keys 4 2 Smart key 4 4 Remote keyless entry 4 6 Theft alarm system 4 9 Door locks 4 12 Trunk 4 17 Windows 4 20 Hood 4 24 Fuel filler lid 4 25 Sunroof 4 28 Features of your vehicle Driver position memory system 4 32 Steering wheel 4 34 Mirrors 4 37 Instrument cluster 4 47 Hazard warning flasher 4 80 Rear parking assist system 4 81 Rearview camera 4 84 Welcome system 4 85 Lighting 4 86 Wipers and washers 4 90 Interior light 4 93 Defroster 4 96 Automatic climate control system 4 97 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 108 Storage compartment 4 111 Interior features 4 113 Audio system 4 117 Features of your vehicle KEYS OTF040001 The actual feature may differ from the illus tration To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button 1 and remove the mechanical key 2 To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard Immobilizer system Your vehicle is equipped with an electron ic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immob
98. after approximate ly 3 seconds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions Under normal driving conditions the ESC indi cator will remain off When a slippery or low traction condition is encountered the ESC will operate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating ESC OFF indicator ee OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the engine start stop button is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illumi nate indicating the ESC is deactivated If this indicator stays on when ESC OFF is not selected the ESC may have mal functioned Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the sys tem checked Low tire pressure telltale l i The low tire pressure telltale comes on for 3 seconds after the smart key is turned to the ON position If the warning light does not come on or continuously remains on after coming on for about 3 seconds when you turned the smart key to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not work ing properly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an Kia authorized dealer as soon as possible This warning light will also illuminate if one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible If the warning light illuminates while driv ing reduce vehicle speed immediate
99. age to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel 030B04JM Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Maintenance E ZU FI _ aaa 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation
100. ain SNSR Relay Va nr FRT Driver Passenger CCS Cushion Warmer Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Module E_WATER_PUMP Hybrid Water Pump HTD MIRR Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror MODULE 4 HEV 7 5A MCU Hydraulic Power Unit Low Voltage DC DC Converter BMS Control Module Active Air Flap A C Control Module E R Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay Water Pump Relay A CON 7 5A i Electronic A C Compressor Maintenance Protected component ae i Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH RH Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module MODULE 1 Driver IMS Module BCM Front Seat Warmer amp CCS Switch Driver Passenger CCS Control Module Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Module Audio A C Control Module Electro Chromic Mirror Lane Keeping Assist Module Instrument Cluster 20A Hybrid Control Unit 20A Hybrid Control Unit I P Junction Box Power Window LH Relay Driver Safety Power Window Module I0A BMS Control Modul BMS Control Module 8 I P Junction Box Power Window RH Relay Passenger Safety Power Window Module Two Turn Unlock Relay I P Junction Box Door Lock Relay Door Unlock Relay a ESS 207 Turn Signal Lamp Sound Relay SUNROOF 20A Panorama Sunroof HGP 1 20A E R Fuse amp Relay Box Fuse ESC 3 10A TCU 2 15A ECU 4 10A OPCU 2 10A DE A V amp Navigation Head Unit Audio POWER Driver Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle Driver IMS Module Lamp Auto Cut Relay CONNECTOR ROOM LP Driver Passenger Door Scuff Lam
101. ain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt dn i A Safety features of your vehicle OTF030050N The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module 4 Anchor pre tensioner assembly Both the driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioners will not be activated if the seat belts are not being worn at the time of the collision NOTICE When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal operat ing conditions and are not hazardous Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off If the pre tensioner se
102. aintenance C 1 ov k _ _l___ r r0 _ Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso line engines e Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more e Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer e Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel cou
103. aired with the system NOTE e The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions e Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio system refer Deleting a Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Pair in PHONE menu The audio displays Device Name passkey 0000 Search and select the device name in your mobile phone to starting the pair ing process NOTE e If the phone is paired with two or more vehicles of the same model some phones may not handle Bluetooth wireless technology devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone For example if the vehicles name is KMC CAR you may need to change the name displayed on you phone from KMC_ CAR to JOHNS CAR or KMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity Refer to your phone User s Guide or contact your cellular carrier or phone manufacturer for instructions kt Features of your vehicle e Connecting a phone When the Bluetooth wireless technolo gy system is enabled the phone previ ously used is automatically selected and re connected lf you want to select differ ent phone previously
104. all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on the drivers door sill TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 3 If the engine will not start 6 4 Emergency starting 6 5 If the engine overheats 6 7 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 8 If you have a flat tire with spare tire and jack 6 13 If you have a flat tire with tire mobility kit 6 21 Towing 6 27 What to do in an emergency What to do in an emergenc ROAD WARNING It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not The turn signals do not work when the Hazard warning flasher hazard flasher is on The hazard warning flasher serves asa Care must be taken when using the warning to other drivers to exercise hazard warning flasher while the vehi extreme caution when approaching cle is being towed overtaking or passing your vehicle What to do in an emergency IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a crossroad o
105. als and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda e If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time disconnect the bat tery cables Maintenance Always read the following instructions carefully when han dling a battery If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted When you don t use the vehicle for a long time in the low temperature area sepa area If you feel pain or burning rate the battery and keep it indoors sensation get medical attention immediately An inappropriately disposed bat X tery can be harmful to the envi ronment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation The battery contains lead Do not dispose of it after use Please return the battery to an authorized Kia dealer to be recy cled Maintenance n IAAIV MM lt h rsm i il MM Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours If the battery g
106. always e If there is the problem with trunk check by trying to pull it up again have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer i i OTF040017 Emergency trunk lid release cable 1 Remove the cover Using a key or screwdriver to pry up the cover may will help in removing 2 Pull up on the loop to open the trunk 3 After opening the trunk securely close the cover Features of your vehicle aput OTF040018 Emergency trunk safety release Your vehicle is equipped with an emer gency trunk release lever located inside the trunk If someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk moving the handle in the direction of the arrow will release the trunk latch mechanism and open the trunk Features of vour vehicle WINDOWS 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passengers door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window down 7 Power window lock button 4 OTF040019N Features of vour vehicle In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s window The driv er has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows
107. amp MIL check engine light tc This indicator is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this indicator illuminates while driving it indicates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emis sion control system This indicator will also illuminates when the engine start stop button is turned to the ON position and will go off in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illu minate when the engine start stop button is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to the nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer promptly A CAUTION Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nates potential catalytic converter damage This could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle ESC indicator Electronic Stability Control ESC malfunction indicator ee The ESC indicator will illuminate when the engine start stop button is turned ON but should go off
108. an be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage dn i n n n n n Features of vour vehicle FM radio station Mountains A JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by build ings mountains or other obstructions These can result in certain listening con ditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The fol lowing conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears JBM005 Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near t
109. any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately Brake fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake pedal and cables Maintenance i o_o lt Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muf fler and hangers for cracks deterioration or damage Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec essary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air c
110. apacity as the Original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 28 kPa 4 psi more air pressure than the pres sure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 120 km h 75 mph when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires Maintenance E pi 6y6y6 amp y amp isi foi o ozioyii iz a QRU R ua zm__aaAa_ 75 aaa euaaweEeaoIM i Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is Identical radial ply tires should always be used as a set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation i
111. as clamps and cou plings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage n i i E i n Maintenance I Air cleaner filter A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recom mended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Valve clearance Inspect excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized Kia dealer should perform the operation Cooling system Check cooling system components such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The engine and inverter coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Automatic transaxle fluid Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled mainte nance at the beginning of this chapter NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basi cally red As the vehicle is driven the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker This is a normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and
112. as com For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly additives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or every engine oil change is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able Introduction ll ll eee HEV POWERTRAIN By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle Do not race the engine e Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly e Don t tow a trailer during the first 2 000 km 1 200 miles of operation Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 1 FIERI Parking brake amp Brake fluid Door ajar warning light SY warning light Electronic power steering EPS system warning light EPS Le N wae Shift pattern indicator i Trunk lid open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Low
113. as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting Aluminum or chrome wheel mainte nance The aluminum or chrome wheels are coated with a clear protective finish Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum or chrome wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Clean the wheel when it has cooled e Use only a mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any alkaline or acid deter gent It may damage and corrode the aluminum or chrome wheels coated with a clear protective finish ke Maintenance E Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to comb
114. at belt does not work properly this warning light will illu minate even if the SRS air bag has not malfunctioned If the SRS air bag warn ing light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds or if it illumi nates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt or SRS air bag system as soon as possible Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer Pre tensioners are designed to operate only one time After activation pre ten sioner seat belts must be replaced If the pre tensioner must be replaced contact an authorized Kia dealer Seat belt precautions Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint sys tem in this section Safety features of your vehicle Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened and snugged on the
115. at corro sion we produces vehicles of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are e Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materi als corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in con tact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not proper
116. at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats dn i i a el Safety features of your vehicle Lower Anchor Position Indicator DI OTF030031N Child restraint symbols are located on LATCH anchors have been provided in the left and right rear seat backs to indi your vehicle The LATCH anchors are cate the position of the lower anchors for located in the left and right outboard rear child restraints seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustration There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions Safety features of your vehicle When you install your child s restraint system using the LATCH anchors buckle the shoulder lap belt then lock the retractor and pull the belt to remove the slack in the belt so it lies flat against the vehicle seat Follow the child seat manufacturers instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat for war
117. ation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle N 6 OUN026090 K The aa air bags in Siig vehicle may differ from the illustration Side air bags Side air bags side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sen sors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate in frontal collisions they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a suffi cient frontal force in another type of impact Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions They may inflate in other type of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on sur faces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment 1JBA3515 Air bag nondintlailon conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protecti
118. ator i With smart key system If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immobi lizer indicator illuminates blinks or the light goes off When the smart key is in the vehicle if the engine start stop button is turned to the ON position the indicator will illumi nate until the engine is started However when the smart key is not in the vehicle if the engine start stop button is depressed the indicator will blink for a few minutes to indicate that you will not be able to start the hybrid system e When the engine start stop button is turned to the ON position and the indica tor turns off after 2 seconds the system may need repair Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer e When the battery is weak if the engine start stop button is depressed the indica tor will blink and you will not be able to start the hybrid system However you may still be able to start the hybrid system by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder If smart key system related parts need repair the indicator blinks i el Features of your vehicle Low fuel level warning light n This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter if equipped Malfunction indicator l
119. becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for better control of the steer ing wheel Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE The following symptoms may occur dur ing normal vehicle operation The steering effort is high immediate ly after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condi tion A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed The steering effort increases if the steering wheel is rotated continuously when the vehicle is not in motion However after a few minutes it will return to its normal conditions e When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnormal noise could occur If temperature rises the noise will disappear This is a normal condition If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as
120. blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age the ozone layer 1 2 3 Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button Set the mode to the position Set the air intake control to the recir culated air position However pro longed operation of the reticulated air position will excessively dry the air In this case change the air position Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed tem monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating While opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage t
121. body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level Air flow is discharged towards the face and floor Floor Level Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defroster Floor Defrost Level Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters dn i ed Features of vour vehicle OTF040134N e OTF040135 Defrost level Instrument panel vents Temperature control Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or closed The temperature control knob allows you windshield with a small amount of air separately using the thumbwheel to control the temperature of the air flow directed to the side window defrosters Also you can adjust the direction of air ing from the ventilation system To delivered from these vents using the vent change the air temperature in the pas control lever as shown senger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm air or left for cooler air Features of vour vehicle OTF040137 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually Pressing the right temper ature control button will automatically switch to the DUAL mode as well 2 Operat
122. bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 168 000 km or 84 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors U Inspect HSG belt 168 000 km or 168 months Q Inspect rear brake disc pads U Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect vacuum hose U Inspect W pump belt auto tensioner HSG w pump First 96 000 km or 72 months after every 24 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect inverter coolant hose Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace engine oil and filter 168 000 km or 168 months Q Replace spark plugs iridium coated U Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 180 000 km or 90 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter U Inspect HSG belt 180 000 km or 180 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 180 000 km or 180 months UO Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months x1 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one
123. bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace n nr NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 192 000 km or 96 months Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake fluid U Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect fuel filter U Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections U Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect parking brake Q Inspect rear brake disc pads U Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap U Inspect valve clearance U Inspect W pump belt auto tensioner HSG w pump First 96 000 km or 72 months after every 24 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect inverter coolant hose Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Continued Maintenance Continued Q Replace engine coolant First 192 000 km or 120 months after every 48 000 km or 24 months Q Replace inverter coolant First 192 000 km or 120 months after every 48 000 km or 24 months Q Replace engine oil an
124. button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position In an emergency situation while the vehi cle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP but ton for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds ACC Accessory Orange indicator Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The steering wheel unlocks and electri cal accessories are operational If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge dn i ce Driving your vehicle ON Green indicator Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running START RUN Not illuminated To start the hybrid system depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Normal position For your safety start the hybrid system with the shift lever in the P Park posi tion If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the brake pedal the hybrid system will not start and the button will change as
125. c ing properly clean both the window and locking clip the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water 1JBA7037 1JBA7038 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward 3 Lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal OED070112 Type B 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip NOTICE Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield Maintenance 2 Open the cover of the blade OED070113 OED070114 3 Compress the clip behind the wiper arm and lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly until it clicks into place 5 Close the cover of blade 6 Place back the wiper arm to the proper position dn i i i Maintenance OSBL071002 4 Push down the wiper arm 3 and install the new blade assembly in the reverse order of removal 5 Return the wiper arm on the wind shield Type C 1 Raise the wiper arm A CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield i OSBLO71008 2 Turn the wiper blade clip Then lift up the blade clip 3 Push the clip 1 and push up the wiper arm 2 Maintenance BATTERY a OTF070016 For best battery service e Keep the battery securely mounted e Keep the battery top clean and dry Keep the termin
126. ccording to your cellular phone user s manual and press the button on the audio system until MP3 play is dis played on the LCD The audio system head unit displays MP3 MODE NOTE e In addition to streaming MP3 files all music and sound files your cellu lar phone supports can be played by the audio system Bluetooth wireless technology compatible cellular phones must include A2DP and AVRCP capabili ties Some A2DP and AVRCP compatible Bluetooth cellular phones may not play music through the audio sys tem initially These cellular phones may need to have the Bluetooth wireless technology streaming enabled for example i e MenuFilemanagerMusic OptionPlay via Bluetooth Please refer to User s Guide for your cellular phone for more information To cancel Bluetooth wireless tech nology cellular phone music streaming stop music playback on the cellular phone or change the audio mode to AM FM SIRIUS CD iPod ect Features of your vehicle m Phone Setup All Bluetooth wireless technology relat ed operations can be performed in PHONE menu 1 Push the button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select Phone item by rotating the knob then push the knob 3 Select desired item by rotating the knob then push the knob e Pairing a phone Before using Bluetooth wireless tech nology features the phone must be paired registered with the audio sys tem Up to 5 phones can be p
127. chometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine OTFH042058C Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approxi mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in section 8 The fuel gauge is supplement ed by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank CAUTION Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing the catalytic converter Features of your vehicle TTT oat ET C OTFH040057N Engine coolant temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the engine start stop button is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 S CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H position it indicates overheat ing that may damage the engine I Pai A fd amp o OTFH040225N State of charge SOC The state of charge SOC gauge indi cates the hybrid battery s charge level If the SOC is near L level the vehicle auto matically operates the engine to charge the ba
128. control the air bag inflation with two lev els A first stage level is provided for mod erate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts The passenger s front air bag is designed to help reduce the injury of children sit ting close to the instrument panel in low speed collisions However children are safer if they are restraint in the rear seat According to the impact severity seating position and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or sever ity of injury in an accident Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occupant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under certain conditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section Do not place any objects that may cause magnetic fields near the front seat These may cause a malfunction of the seat track position sensor Safety features of your vehicle Manufacturers are required by govern ment regulations to provide a contact point concerning modifications to the vehicle for persons with disabilities which modifications may affect the vehi cle s advanced air bag system However Kia does not endorse nor will it support any changes to any part or struc ture of
129. ct spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact Spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT IF EQUIPPED i d 7 i i i ss YFH062021 N For safe operation carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use 1 Tire Mobility Kit bag 2 Compressor 3 Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized Kia deal er as soon as possible 4 CAUTION One sealant bottle for one tire The Tire Mobility Kit sealing compound in the bottle is to be used for one tire only See your Kia dealership for additional replacement sealant bottles OEL069019 Introduction With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and seal ing compound effectively and com fortably seals most punctures in a pass
130. ctiveness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your vehicle in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your vehi cle in accordance with the mainte nance schedule in section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maximum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine ha
131. d Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM Driver s front air bag Passenger s front air bag Side impact air bag Curtain air bag x TO S 1 2 3 4 Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OMG039025 Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bag are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START the appropriate position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of serious frontal or side collision if equipped with side impact air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a col lision and its direction These two fac tors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of complex factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehi cles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision Though factors
132. d call 2nd Call SHORT Not Paired Not Connecting Accept Call 1st Call waiting 2nd Call waiting 2nd Call active 1st Call active s 2 3 Z Transfer call secret call VR VR VR VR SHORT MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel Reject Call End Call End Call End Call Speaker Speaker pets Adaptation Adaptation 10sec Only English Only English Active Active Active Active KONC 10sec Before driving 5 3 ENGINE START STOP button 5 5 Starting the hybrid system 5 7 Automatic transaxle 5 9 Brake system 5 14 Cruise control system 5 27 Economical operation 5 31 Special driving conditions 5 33 Winter driving 5 37 Vehicle load limit 5 40 Vehicle weight 5 45 Driving your vehicle Trailer towing 5 45 Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Be sure that all windows outside mir ror s and outside lights are clean e Check the condition of the tires Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks Be sure there are no obstacles behind y
133. d driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower gear ff OTF050012 Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stopped or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the shift lever from the D Drive posi tion into the manual gate To return to D Drive range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly Driving your vehicle Up Pushthe lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear e In sports mode the driver must exe cute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected e In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically e To maintain the required levels of vehi cle perfor
134. d filter 192 000 km or 192 months Q Replace HSG belt 192 000 km or 96 months Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safe ty matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details 2 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary ao If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance Oooo NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 204 000 km or 102 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect HSG belt 204 000 km or 204 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 204 000 km or 204 months U Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 216 000 km or 108 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant U Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaus
135. d into a vehicles power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle Features of vour vehicle e HOUR 1 Pressing the H button will advance the time display by one hour e MINUTE 2 Pressing the M button will advance the time display by one minute e Display conversion To change the 12 hour format to the 24 hour format press the H and M button at the same time for more than 5 sec fo OUN026348 onds e For example if the time is 10 15 p m Clothes hanger if equipped the display will change to 22 15 To use the hanger pull down the upper portion of hanger CAUTION Hanging clothing Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook Whenever the battery terminals or relat ed fuses are disconnected you must reset the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock buttons operate as follows Features of your vehicle For drivers side For passenger s side att di 7 SS Floor mat anchor s When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle Ensure that the floor mats are secure ly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before dr
136. d label with 5 Compressor Strictly follow the specified Speed resto o Ono swith prive degl 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the y P ga p l wheel tire inflation pressure 3 Connectors and cable for the g Button for reducing tire inflation power outlet direct connection pressure What to do in an emergency Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1 Detach the speed restriction label 0 from the sealant bottle 1 and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast 2 Screw connection hose 9 onto the connector of the sealant bottle 3 Ensure that button 8 on the com pressor is not pressed 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw filling hose 2 of the sealant bottle onto the valve 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the housing of the compressor 4 so that the bottle is upright OEL069019 6 Ensure that the compressor is switched off position 0 7 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors 8 With the engine start stop button position on or ignition switch posi tion on switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5 7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure refer to the Tire and Wheels chapter 8 The infla tion pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked corrected later
137. d outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 1 ECO guide 2 Fuel gauge ee PT ey 3 Speedometer Ra 4 Turn signal indicators 5 Warning and indicator lights 6 Odometer Trip computer 7 READY 8 EV MODE The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages OTFH042051C Features of your vehicle 0D0 000000xm OTFH040098N Instrument panel illumination The instrument panel illumination intensi ty can be adjusted by pressing the con trol switch with the headlight switch in any position when the engine start stop button is in the ON position The illumination intensity is shown on the instrument cluster LCD display OTFH042060 Gauges Odometer km or mi The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed The odometer is always displayed until the display is turned off OTFH042054C Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in kilome ters per hour and or kilometers per hour Features of your vehicle OTFH040055N Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm Use the ta
138. ditive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 108 000 km or 54 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter U Inspect HSG belt 108 000 km or 108 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 108 000 km or 108 months UO Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 1 Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safe ty matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details 2 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary 3 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance Oooo NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 120 000 km or 60 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect HSG belt 120 000 km or 120 months O
139. djust correct clean or replace NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 48 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake fluid Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections U Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect HSG belt 48 000 km or 48 months Q Inspect rear brake disc pads Q Inspect parking brake 0 Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint U Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace engine oil and filter 48 000 km or 48 months U Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 1 2 Maintenance _ _ _ rourr ttt Je lt CV llldddppbbvdbvoeeeddTtT dii FRS 60 000 km or 30 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter U Inspect HSG belt 60 000 km or 60 months O Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 60 000 km or 60 months 0 Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedul
140. door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter With the smart key system When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession Escort welcome if equipped When the headlight light switch in the headlight or AUTO position is on and all doors and trunk are locked and closed the position light and headlight will come on for 15 seconds if any of the below is performed Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key At this time if you press the door lock or unlock button the position light and headlight will turn off immediately Interior light When the interior light switch is in the DOOR position and all doors and trunk are locked and closed the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key When the button of the outside door handle is pressed At this time if you press the door lock or unlock button the room lamp will turn off immediately dn i n i i e n Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Battery saver function The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver
141. e does not yet need waxing 4 CAUTION Drying vehicle e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol oration or paint deterioration Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Maintenance n Ne ENI Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such
142. e The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position e Any door except the trunk is opened Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver s out side door handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks the driver s door The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked Pressing the button in the front passen ger s outside door handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked The button will only operate when the smart key is with in 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle Features of your vehicle Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in section 5 Smart key precautions e If you lose your smart key you will not be able to start the hybrid system Tow the vehicle if necessary and contact an authorized Kia dealer e A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should immedi ately take the vehicle and key to your authorized Kia dealer to protect it from potential theft The smart key will not work if any of fol lowing occurs The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key
143. e depends on fuel quality If there are some important safe ty matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace dn i el Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 72 000 km or 36 months 84 000 km or 42 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect HSG belt 84 000 km or 84 months Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Replace engine oil and filter 84 000 km or 84 months Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler 0 Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors U Inspect HSG belt 72 000 km or 72 months 1 lf TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi Q Inspect rear brake disc pads tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix ae w other additives
144. e harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NVS is a registered trademark and Z Nav is a trademark of the Gentex Corporation Zeeland Michigan HomeLink is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls Incorporated Milwaukee Wisconsin el Features of vour vehicle Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch if equipped The mirror heads can be fold ed to prevent damage during an auto matic car wash or when passing through a narrow street The right outside rearview mirror is con vex Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear Use your interior rearview mirror or direct observation to determine the actual dis tance of following vehicles when chang ing lanes A CAUTION Rearview mirror Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water OTF040044N Remote control Electric type The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview m
145. e in the reverse order of removal To prevent the spare tire and tools from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly OED066033 Changing tires 1 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly 2 Shift the shift lever into R Reverse for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er What to do in an emergenc To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire always set the park ing brake fully and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be chocked and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked 1JBA6504 OTFH062004 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun jack jack handle and spare tire terclockwise one turn each but do from the vehicle not remove any nut until the tire 5 Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position j What to do in an emergenc 1JBA6025 Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame The jacking positions are
146. e of the front seats and seatbacks or the air vent holes may be blocked and prevented from working properly Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats The air vent may not work properly as the air intake can be blocked Continued ate restart the vehicle If there is no change have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle OTF030016 HNF2041 1 P Active headrest Seatback pocket The active headrest is designed to move The seatback pocket is provided on the forward and upward during a rear impact back of the front passenger s seatback This helps to prevent the driver s and front passengers head from moving backward and thus helps prevent neck injuries Safety features of your vehicle OMG038401 Rear seat adjustment Headrest The rear seat is equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the occu pant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjust ed so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height as the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the us
147. e of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recom mended ei Adjusting the height up and down if equipped To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Safety features of your vehicle OTF030018 Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the rear seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature Safety features of your vehicle OTF030023N Armrest To use the armrest pull it forward from the seatback Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat bel
148. e storage compartment cover can not close securely OTF040153 Glove box To open the glove box pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open Close the glove box after use Center console storage if equipped To open the center console storage pull up the lever Features of vour vehicle OTF040154 Cool box if equipped You can keep beverage cans or other items cool in the glove box 1 Turn on the air conditioning 2 Slide the open close lever of the vent installed in the glove box to the open position 3 When the cool box is not used slide the lever to the closed position If some items in the cool box block the vent the cooling effectiveness of the coolbox is reduced NOTICE Do not put perishable food in the cool box because it may not maintain the necessary consistent temperature to keep the food fresh NOTICE If the temperature control knob is in the warm or hot position warm or hot air will flow into the glove box OTF040155N Sunglasses holder To open the sunglasses holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out To close the sunglasses holder push it up Features of vour vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side wind
149. e the left temperature control to adjust the driver side temperature Operate the right temperature control to adjust the passenger side tempera ture When the driver side temperature is set to the highest HIGH or lowest LOW temperature setting the DUAL mode is deactivated for maximum heating or cooling Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally 1 Press the DUAL button again to deac tivate DUAL mode The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature 2 Operate the driver side temperature control switch The driver and passen ger side temperature will be adjusted equally Temperature conversion You can switch the temperature mode between Fahrenheit to Centigrade as fol lows While pressing the MODE press the DUAL button for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or from Centigrade to Fahrenheit If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Fahrenheit el Features of your vehicle Outside thermometer The current outside temperature is dis played in 1 C 1 F increments The tem perature range is between 40 C 60 C 40 F 140 F The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive OTFH040138N Air intake control The air intake control is used
150. ead these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle Kia offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your Kia dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle 2011 Kia Canada Inc All rights reserved May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia Canada Inc Printed in Korea modin SC Your vehicle ata glance SEIN Safety features of your vehice ER Features of your vehicle What to do in an emergenoy E Mantenne N Specifications Consumer information Po safety defects j Introduction How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 3 HEV powertrain 1 5 Indicator symbols
151. eatures of your vehicle A f SCAN MUTE TF_USA_SIRIUS Using SIRIUS Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SIRIUS Satellite Radio so you have access to over 130 channels of music information and entertainment programming Activation In order to extend or reactivate your sub scription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio you will need to contact SIRIUS Customer Care at 1 888 539 7474 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the SAT button and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation sig nal 1 Button SIRIUS Satellite Radio Press the button to switch to SIRIUS Satellite Radio It cycles through the different bands as noted below SAT 1 SAT2 SAT3 SAT 1 2 EZ Button CHANNEL e Press button for less than 0 8 seconds to select previous or next channel Press button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to continuously move to previous or next channel If CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel up down is done through the channels within cur rent category 3 ieee Button When the AANB button is pressed it automatically scans the radio stations upwards e The SCAN feature steps through every
152. ecause night driving presents more ners especially when roads are wet hazards than driving in the daylight here Ideally corners should always be taken are some important tips to remember under gentle acceleration If you follow e Slow down and keep more distance these suggestions tire wear will be held between you and other vehicles as it to a minimum may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights e Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights Driving your vehicle e Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night e Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield e If your tires are n
153. ection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system e To prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch After dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery sys tem The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere Maintenance e I gt 365 N SON MAUPPEoEE G E 15 Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve Purge Contro
154. ed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the Sky 6 Knob amp Button e Rotate clockwise to increase the chan nel number or to scroll down the cate gory list e Rotate counterclockwise to decrease the channel number or to scroll up the category list e Press this to make selection of chan nels or items TF_USA_RADIO 7 PRESET Buttons Press SEHD EJE buttons less than 0 8 seconds to play the channel saved in each button Press GB GSN buttons for 0 8 seconds or longer to save current channel to the respective button with a beep Features of your vehicle NOTE A CAUTION IN USING Conlnged at SLA LA VIRELESE e If the cellular phone signalis poor lf you need a information about TECHNOLOGY CELLU or the vehicles interior noise is Kia s Bluetooth wireless technology LAR PHONE too loud it may be difficult to hear Contact Kia website www Kia com Do not use a cellular phone or perform Bluetooth wireless tech nology settings e g pairing a phone while driving Some Bluetooth wireless tech nology enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the system Before using Bluetooth wireless technology related features of the audio system refer your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth wireless technology operations The phone mu
155. ed fuel or leaded gasohol gasohol containing E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per cent gasoline and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compatible with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system Kia recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceed ing 10 percent NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of E85 fuel Introduction D i I I I IIC te t mm M1h ii i A L 1 Ol I _RRARS Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance problems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good qual ity gasolines treated with detergent addi tives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which help prevent deposit for mation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www toptierg
156. ed in water could result in severe burns or electric shock that could result in deather or serious injury WARNING Carrying Liquids in Trunk Do load large amounts of water in open containers into the vehicle If the water spills onto the HEV bat tery it may cause a short and dam age the battery 4 CAUTION Cleaning Engine When you clean the engine com partment do not wash using water Water may cause electric arcing to occur and damage electronic parts and components H11 H12 N THE COMPONENTS OF HYBRID VEHICLE CONT Service plug This service plug 1 located in the rear trunk as shown should always be pulled out to disconnect and turn off the hybrid system IMPORTANT Wait 5 minutes after this lever is disconnected to work on the car It is to be assured all remaining charge in the system dissipated Some Special Features of the Hybrid Vehicle Hybrid vehicles sound different than gasoline engine vehicles When the hybrid system operates you may hear a sound from the hybrid battery system behind the rear seat If you apply the accelerator pedal rapidly you may hear a sound when you apply the brake pedal you may hear a sound from the regener ative brake system When the hybrid sys tem is turned off or on you may hear a sound in the engine compartment If you depress the brake pedal repeatedly when the hybrid system is turned on you may hear a sound in the engine com partment N
157. egardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance I MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 6 000 KM OR 6 MONTHS De Cs Eee Cacia iS AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY CHE SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY B H AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 96 000 KM A C E F G R EVERY 48 000 KM or 24 MONTHS C DE KIE HSG BELT l EVERY 6 000 KM or 6 MONTHS C DERKI FRONT BRAKE DISC PADS CALIPERS MORE FREQUENTLY C D G H REAR BRAKE DISC PADS MORE FREQUENTLY C D Gar PARKING BRAKE MORE FREQUENTLY C D G A STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS LOWER ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BALL l EVERY 12 000 KM OR 6 MONTHS C DEFRG H JOINT DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS l MORE FREQUENTLY CDE EO EAR CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY CE
158. el economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Engine oil drain and refill API Service SM Recommended SASSO ILSAC GF 4 or above or equivalent Automatic transaxle fluid 6 87 US qt 6 5 ee i eatin any 6 97 7 29 US at Mixture of antifreeze and water Ethylene glycol base Coolant 6 6 6 9 1 coolant for aluminum radiator Mixture of antifreeze and water Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator 0 7 0 8 US at Brake fluid q FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 0 7 0 8 1 Fuel 17 2 US gal 65 Unleaded gasoline 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel econ omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL Inverter coolant 2 39 US at 2 26 kl Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Recommended SAE viscosity number 4 CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or drain ing any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when t
159. em If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings and or clutch disc if equipped If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake system checked by an authorized Kia dealer Use only the specified brake fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capac ities in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid In the event the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer When changing and adding brake fluid handle it carefully Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake fluid should come in contact with your eyes immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible CAUTION Brake fluid Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly Maintenance WASHER FLUID PARKING BRAKE USH PUSH OFF OFF i Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain Checking the parking brake Check whether the stroke is within spec ification when the park
160. em can recognize single digits from zero to nine while number greater than ten will not be recognized The system shall cancel voice recogni tion mode in following cases When pressing the button and saying cancel following the beep When not making a call and pressing the button When voice recognition has failed 3 consecutive times At any time if you say help the system will announce what commands are available E Menu tree The menu tree identifies available voice recognition Bluetooth wireless technol ogy functions Call Name Ex Call John at Home Dial Number Ex Dial 911 Call By name By number Phonebook Add entry By voice By phone Delete name Tip E Voice Operation To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System observe the followings Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the window to eliminate surrounding noise traffic noise vibration sounds etc which may disturb recogniz ing the voice command correctly Speak a command after a beep sound within 5 seconds Otherwise the command will not be received properly Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words While receiving voice commands press the button on the steer ing wheel remote controller to ter minate guidance Voice command will convert back to waiting mode to allow the user to say a new voice command
161. en t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized Kia dealer Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorized Kia dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish Driving your vehicle Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily while you put the shift lever
162. enger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cau tiously on the tire distance up to 200 km 120 miles at a max speed of 80 km h 50 mph in order to reach a service station or tire dealer to have the tire repaired or replaced j What to do in an emergency It is possible that some tires especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only This instruction shows you step by step procedure to temporarily seal the puncture Read the section Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the
163. eoni 3 18 Driver s air bagnini iii 3 45 Driving at night acari 5 34 i A Ab SS MPN lk _ FE i S gt gt l Y 1 1 E El Index Driving in flooded ALCAS ce000e00e eee rie ere cer ezio rio ree esco seo reo seco 0ee 5 35 Driving in the rain I II OOO 5 35 E Economical operation cisiioniii io si 5 3 Electric chromic mirror ECM with HomeLink SYSTEM ci 4 37 Electric power steering hei 4 34 Electronic stability control ESC iii 5 20 Emergency starting rie 6 5 Jump starting Lanier aa 6 5 Push starting area 6 6 Emergency while driving i 6 3 Emission control SYSTEM iii 7 68 Crankcase emission control system ri 7 68 Evaporative emission control System i 7 68 Exhaust emission control SYSTEM ci 7 69 Engine sciura ai 8 2 Engine coMpartmMent iii 2 4 7 2 Engine ROTTO OS 7 24 Engine nUmbersssssssssssssssssssreveseussvsnsnsasvaravesesononseneaseasas 8 8 Engine AS E i ioniionianinzia 1220 Engine overheats siniiicniviaicniioic iii 6 7 Engine start stop PIO 30 ten ssewnerenaenonenrenesnasesamnenanamaeaerannese 5 5 Engine temperature gauge eee 4 50 1 4 Evaporative emission control System 7 68 Exhaust emission control system gibi p aires areata 7 69 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 19 Exterior CALC ieeree ce rer ee zee reo receorezio recco reo cececeeoeoreoseceeseo0e0eo 7 61 1 EI Flat tire with spare tire RR e rrr rrr A 6 13 Changing tires
164. er or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle Trunk open 3 if equipped The trunk is opened if the button is pressed for more than 1 second Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will lock automatically Alarm 4 The horn sounds and the hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 sec onds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter Transmitter precautions NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of following occur e The ignition key is in ignition switch You exceed the operating distance limit about 30 m 90 feet The battery in the transmitter is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work correctly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an author ized Kia dealer Continued Continued e If the transmitter is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the transmitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text me
165. es of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running It may cause battery discharge Automatic turn off function If equipped The interior lights automatically turn off approximately 20 minutes after the igni tion switch is turned off If your vehicle is equipped with the theft alarm system the interior lights automat ically turns off approximately 3 seconds after the system is armed stage OVG049110 Map lamp Push the lens to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger e DOOR In the DOOR position the map lamp and the room lamp come on when any door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or smart key the map lamp and the room lamp come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open e OFF e ON The map lamp and the room lamp goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the map lamp and the room lamp will turn off immedi ately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the map lamp and the room lamp stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition Switch in the ON position the map lamp
166. essure warning light is illuminated severe damage could result Features of your vehicle A CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the engine start stop button is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunction If this happens stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running turn the engine off immediately In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running the engine should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer before the car is driven again Brake system amp Parking brake amp Brake fluid warning light O BRAKE The brake warning light will illuminate when the Regenerative Brake System is not operating properly Have the system checked by an author ized Kia dealer as soon as possible When the brake function is not well or the regenerative brake system is not operat ed with brake system malfunction the brake warning light turned on and check brake is displayed on the LCD Have the system chec
167. essures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tire infla tion pressures All tire pressures including the OMG055004 spare should be checked when the All specifications sizes and pres tires are cold Cold Tires means the sures can be found on a label vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the drivers side center least three hours or driven less than pillar 1 6 km one mile Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance nnn dee gd Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an authorized Kia dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater pos sibility of damage from road haz ards Warm tires normally exceed rec ommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 28 to 41 kPa 6 psi Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated e Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing
168. etermine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcu lated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehi cle j Driving vour vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Vehicle l i Vehicle Vehicle 2 i j Capacity oe Capacity Capacity a A B C C C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM A Vehicle Capacity 385 kg A Vehicle Capacity 385 kg A Vehicle Capacity 385 kg Weight 849 Ibs Weight 849 Ibs Weight 849 Ibs Subtract Occupant 136 kg aan 340 kg ee 365 kg 300 Ibs signi 750 Ibs FINI 805 Ibs Weight 68 kg 150 Ibs x 2 68 kg 150 Ibs x 5 73 kg 161 lbs x 5 Available Cargo and 249 kg Available Cargo and 45 kg Available Cargo and 20 kg Luggage weight 549 Ibs Luggage weight 99 lbs Luggage weight 44 lbs Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s
169. ever place anything over sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light system may not work properly OAM049044 High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature Features of vour vehicle OAM049045 Turn signals and lane change sig nals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn sig nal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is completed If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and h
170. f equipped Q Inspect HSG belt 144 000 km or 144 months U Inspect parking brake Q Inspect rear brake disc pads O Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint O Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect vacuum hose Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap U Inspect W pump belt auto tensioner HSG w pump First 96 000 km or 72 months after every 24 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect inverter coolant hose Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Continued Maintenance ee Continued Q Replace engine oil and filter 144 000 km or 144 months Q Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 156 000 km or 78 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter U Inspect HSG belt 156 000 km or 156 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 156 000 km or 156 months U Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 1 Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safe ty matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one
171. f the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Features of your vehicle 2 A 3 1 2 3 4 4 SEEK TRACK a scan mure TF_USA_iPod fw Using iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc 1 Button iPod If iPod is connected it switches to the iPod mode from the previous mode to play the song files stored in the iPod If there is no iPod connected then it dis plays the message No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 GE Button RANDOM e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to shuffle order of all songs in current category Song Random e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to shuffle order of albums in cur rent category Album Random e To cancel RANDOM Play press this button again 3 HB Button REPEAT Repeats the song currently played 4 Wla Button e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direc tion in fast speed
172. f your vehicle Refuel Now to Prevent Hybrid Battery Damage OTFH042305N Refuel now to prevent Hybrid battery damage If the fuel tank is nearly empty a message Refuel now to prevent Hybrid battery damage will appear on the LCD display Also the chime will sound several times You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible A CAUTION Avoid driving with very low fuel level Running out of fuel could damage the hybrid battery Hybrid System Warning safely Stop and Do not Drive OTFH042304N Hybrid system warning Safely stop and do not drive If the hybrid system error occurs a mes sage Hybrid system warning Safely stop and do not drive will appear on the LCD display and the Ready indicator will blink Also the chime will sound until the problem is solved Have the vehicle towed to an authorized Kia dealer to inspect the hybrid system Hybrid Battery Low Safely Stop and Shift to P A a eh OTFH042302N Hybrid battery low Safely stop and shift to P If the SOC State Of Charge is very low a message Hybrid battery low Safely stop and shift to P will appear on the LCD display To charge the hybrid battery stop in a safe place and move the shift gear to the P Park position as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Hybrid Battery Low Do not Start Engine OTFH042303N Hybrid battery low Do not start engine If the engine does n
173. f your vehicle Impact sensing door unlock sys tem if equipped AII doors will automatically unlock when an impact causes the air bags to deploy Auto door lock unlock feature If equipped e All doors will automatically lock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted out of P Park e All doors will automatically unlock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted into P Park Speed sensing door lock system If equipped All doors will be automatically locked after the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km h And all doors will be automatically unlocked when you turn the engine off or when you remove the ignition key if equipped An authorized Kia dealer can activate or deactivate some auto door lock unlock features as follows e Auto door unlock by using the driver s door lock button Auto door lock unlock by shifting the transaxle shift lever out of P Park or into P Park e Auto door unlock when the smart key is removed from the smart key holder If you want to activate or deactivate a door lock unlock feature refer to the vehicle setting in this chapter Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Push the child safety lock 1 located on the rear edge of the door to the lock posi
174. fuse with a new one of the same rating 5 Reinstall in the removal reverse order of OTFH070072N Sub relay fuse If the sub relay fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 4 Reinstall in the removal reverse order of NOTICE If the multi or starting fuse is blown consult an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Inner fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel NOTICE Da _ a Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label Maintenance Inner fuse panel Driver s side fuse panel Descrision Fuse rating _ Protected component I P Junction Box Trunk Lid Relay Fuel Filler Door amp Trunk Lid Switch Trunk Room Lamp A V amp Navigation Head Unit Audio Smart Key Control Module Overhead Console Lamp CLOCK 10A Crash Pad Mood Lamp VESS Unit A C Control Module BCM AMP Power Outside Mirror Switch Driver Passenger Door Mood Lamp C LIGHTER Cigarette Lighter HTD STRG Steering Wheel Heater WIPER Multifunction Switch Front Wiper Motor E R Fuse amp Relay Box Wiper Relay R
175. g maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose traction Even with ESC installed always follow all the normal precautions for driv ing including driving at safe speeds for the conditions The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a sub stitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in prevent ing a loss of control It is still your respon sibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active Driving your vehicle ESC operation When operating ESC operation off ESC ON condition When the ESC is in operation ESC OFF state e When the ignition is turned ESC indicator light blinks eTo cancel ESC operation ON ESC and ESC OFF indi ee When the Electronic Stability un press the ESC OFF button cator lights illuminate for Control is operating properly ee ESC OFF indicator light illu approximately 3 seconds you can feel a slight pulsation OFF minates then ESC is turned on in the vehicle This is only the e If the ignition switch is turned e Press the ESC OF
176. g func tion can be controlled by the Dimming ON OFF Button 1 Pressing the button turns the auto dimming function OFF which is indicat ed by the green Status Indicator LED turning off 2 Pressing the button again turns the auto dimming function ON which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on NOTICE The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started Features of vour vehicle Z Nav Compass Display The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z Nav Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings N NE E SE etc Compass function The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled To turn the display feature ON OFF 1 Press and release the button to turn the display feature OFF 2 Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below There is a difference between magnetic north and true north The compass in the mirror can compensate for this difference when it knows the Magnetic Zone in which it is operating This is set either by the dealer or by the user The operating Zone Numbers for North America are shown in the figure on the following sec tion B520COSNF Features of your vehicle To adjust the Zo
177. g wheel pedals ed Excessive operation may and switches on the instrument panel damage the electrical equipment When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system a ae drain don t adjust the power seat z ar es longer than necessary while the OTF030006 engine is not running Forward and backward Do not operate two or more power Push the control switch forward or back seat control knobs at the same ward to move the seat to the desired time Doing so may result in position Release the switch once the power seat motor or electrical Seat reaches the desired position component malfunction Safety features of your vehicle OTF030007 Seatback angle Push the control switch forward or back ward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position di ae 53 woe I OTF030008 Seat height for driver s seat Pull the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion Pull the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reach es the desired position Lumbar support for driver s seat if equipped The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch on the side of the drivers seat Press the front portion of t
178. ge The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed e A front or rear door is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The trunk is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 27 seconds To turn off the system unlock the doors with the trans mitter or smart key Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when Smart key The door unlock button is pressed The button of the front outside door is pressed while carrying the smart key The engine is started within 3 sec onds After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or trunk is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed Features of your vehicle e Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the igni tion switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 sec onds Then the system will be dis armed e If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the igni tion switch and sta
179. go should never exceed aio a g Da Le posts botal des occupants ef Gu chargement na dot jarnats dapasser kg ca a COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PHEU DIMENSIONS Cai a green sere AT NONE AUCUN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY WOUMERE DE PLACES The combined weeghl of occupants and cargo should never Biba 0 kg or La poets total des occupants ei du changement na dot Heres depassar kg du PNEU cinici PNEUS A FROM TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES The combined wesghi of occupants and cargo should newer Gi ahead P Le pods batal des prcupants si du chasgement na dot jamais dapasser SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PNEU DIMENSIONS pro REAR vO ARRIERE F215 55R17 235kPa 34poi D 1 SPARE NONE FERRI DE SECURE AUCUN RENSEIGNEMENT OTFH050040N OTFH050041N OTFH050042N OTFH050043N Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight Vehicle capacity weight 410 kg 904 Ibs Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer the combined weight includes the tongue load Driving your vehicle Seating capacity Total
180. h may damage the windshield wipers CAUTION Wiper position When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the off position to stop the auto wiper operation The wiper may operate and be dam aged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle Features of your vehicle OYF049101 Windshield washers In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the windshield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will con tinue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropriate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side n i i E i i n Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Washer pump 4 CAUTION Wipers amp To prevent possible damage to the windshields washer pump do not operate the e To prevent possible damage to washer when the fluid reservoir is the wipers or windshield do not empty operate the wipers when the windshield is dry e To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them e To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually Featur
181. hboard because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do con tact the dashboard wipe them off imme diately See the instructions for the prop er way to clean vinyl A CAUTION Electrical components Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical electronic components inside the vehicle as this may dam age them 4 CAUTION Leather When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained Using anything but recommended clean ers and procedures may affect the fab rics appearance and fire resistant prop erties Maintenance Cleaning the lap shoulder belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with a
182. he accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with the cruise control oper ation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator OTF050023 To cancel cruise control do one of the following Depress the brake pedal Depress the clutch pedal with a manu al transaxle Shift into N Neutral with an automatic transaxle Press the CANCEL switch Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 15 km h 9 mph Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 40 km h 25 mph Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation move the lever up to RES You will return to your previously preset speed Driving vour vehicle To turn cruise control off do one of the following Press the CRUISE ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions will cancel the cruise control operation If you want to resume the cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous OTF050022 pegs To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 40 km h 25 mph If any method other than the CRUISE ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is st
183. he traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use dn i eed Driving your vehicle Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 Never attempt to check the Hybrid High Voltage Battery The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service sta tion Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you ar
184. he Engine charg Battery amp Energy Wheel ing the hybrid battery Engine gt Battery Features of vour vehicle Regeneration Power Reserve Engine Generation Regeneration OTFH040220N Hybrid battery is being charged by regen erative braking Wheel gt Battery Engine Brake OTFH040219N The vehicle is being slowed by engine compression Wheel gt Engine OTFH040216N Engine is both driving the vehicle and charging the hybrid battery Engine Wheel amp Battery Engine Generation Motor Drive OTFH040223N The vehicle is being slowed by engine compression and regenerative braking The hybrid battery is being charged by regenerative braking Engine Battery Wheel The engine and regenerative brake sys tem charges the hybrid battery Engine amp Wheel gt Battery Engine Brake Regeneration The engine friction is used to vehicle brake system and the regenerative brake charges the hybrid battery Wheel gt Engine amp Battery Features of your vehicle ECO Level display Total ECO Score display INST Fuel Economy Total ECO Score 200 OTFH042065C Total ECO Score 400 en Instant fuel consumption 1 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the instantaneous fuel consumption every 2 seconds based on driving distance and amount of fuel injected into the engine 000 98 654 km OTFH042300 OTFH042301C When the vehicle is started the ECO Level display
185. he device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transaxle of the radio fre quency signal Some vehicles may require the igni tion switch to be turned to the second or accessories position for pro gramming and or operation of HomeLink In the event that there are still pro gramming difficulties or questions after following the programming steps listed below contact HomeLink at www homelink com or _ 1 800 355 3515 Standard programming To train most devices follow these instructions la 3 For first time programming press and hold the two outside buttons HomeLink Channel 1 and Channel 3 Buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds Position the end of your hand held transmitter 2 8 cm 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink buttons while keeping the indicator light in view Simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held trans mitter button DO NOT release the but tons until step 4 has been completed 4 While continuing to hold the buttons the red Indicator Status LED will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink successfully trains to the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons 5 Press and hold 6 To program the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light sta
186. he engine and radia tor are hot Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure causing serious injury WARNING The electronic motor ig cooling fan is con trolled by engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed It may sometimes operate even when the engine is not running Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by the rotating fan blades As the engine coolant temperature decreases the electric motor will automatically shut off This is a nor mal condition Maintenance Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deterio rated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough distilled deionized water to provide pro tection against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F but do not overfill If frequent additions are required see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling sys tem inspection Maintenance Recommended engine and inverter For mixture percentage refer to the fol Radiator cap coolant lowing table e When adding coolant use only deion ized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the Ambient coolant filled at the factory An improp Temperature er coolant mixture can result in serious A
187. he maintenance system press the RESET button for more than 1 second The display will change to Engine Oil Service Message mode You can move to items by pressing the TRIP button and select the desired item by pressing the RESET button User Setting Montenonce Vehicle Option AD Ext TRIP Move RESET Select OTFH040074N Maintenance back one 4 i Tire Rotation TRIP Move RESET Select OTFH040075N Maintenance 1 When the vehicle is at a standstill pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position or engine running the LCD display on the cluster will change to the User Setting mode You can move to the items by pressing the TRIP button and select the item by pressing the RESET button 2 In the User Setting mode select Maintenance 3 Select the desired maintenance schedule 4 If finished you can come out of the Maintenance mode by pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds Features of your vehicle Vehicle option if equipped 1 When the vehicle is at a standstill pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON posi tion or engine running the LCD dis play on the cluster will change to the User Setting mode You can move to items by pressing the TRIP button and select the item by pressing the RESET button 2 In the User Setting mode select Vehicle Option 3 Move TR
188. he same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clear est signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Features of vour vehicle Satellite radio reception e If you are driving on a mountain road NOTE You may experience difficulties in receiv where is the signal blocked by moun There may be other unforeseen cir ing SIRIUS satellite radio signals in the tains cumstances leading to reception following situations problems with the SIRIUS satellite radio signal Mountains Unobstructed area Iron bridges SATELITE2 SATELITE1 e If you are driving in an area with tall e If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov trees that block the signal 30 ft 10m ered parking area or more for example on an road that e If you are driving beneath the top level goes through a dense forest of a multi level freeway The signal can become weak in some e f you drive under a bridge areas that are not covered by the If you are driving next to a tall vehicle SIRIUS repeater network such as a truck or a bus that blocks the signal If y
189. he sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close until the sun roof operates as follows SUNSHADE OPEN TILT OPEN gt SLIDE OPEN SLIDE CLOSE SUNSHADE CLOSE Then release the control lever When this is complete the sunroof system is reset For more detailed information contact an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE If the sunroof is not reset when the vehi cle battery is disconnected or dis charged or related fuse is blown the sunroof may operate improperly Features of vour vehicle DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Storing positions into memory using the buttons on the door Storing driver s seat positions 1 Shift the shift lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 Adjust the driver seat to position com fortable for the driver 3 Press SET button on the control panel The system will beep once 4 Press one of the memory buttons 1 or 2 within 5 seconds after pressing the SET button The system will beep twice when memory has been suc cessfully stored LO OTF040035 A driver position memory system is pro vided to store and recall the driver seat position with a simple button operation By saving the desired position into the system memory different drivers can reposition the driver seat based upon their driving preference If the battery is disconnected the position memory will be lost and the driving position should be restored in the system Feat
190. he switch to increase support or the rear portion of the switch to decrease support a i o i ll Safetv features of vour vehicle i ese E OMG038400 Headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjust ed so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended YG Se BF Motros0012 Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to 4 different positions by pulling the head rest forward to the desired detent To adjust the headrest to it s furthest back wards position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck Safety features of your vehicle Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release butt
191. he vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating engine start and engine oil flowability Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for sat isfactory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those rec ommended could result in engine dam age When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature DR Se 10 0 Engine Oil 1 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API Service SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart 10 20 0 40 60 80 10W 30 5W 20 5W 30 100 120 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ER VIN VIN Label VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMB CI Fa Ma OTF080001 The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in registering your vehi cle and in all legal matters pertaining
192. higher levels of performance on the labora tory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire terminology and defini tions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in kilopascal kPa or pounds per square inch psi Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in kilopascal kPa or pounds per square inch psi before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of
193. hips and as low as possible Check if the belt fits periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seat ed in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap shoul der belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE Safety features of your vehicle Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could inc
194. iani 6 2 Oil Engine VEN 7 22 Rocking the vehicle 5 33 Outside rearview nifiof ciioaninaria ione 4 44 ia so Owner maintenance ana 7 5 Scheduled maintenance service 000 7 7 P Maintenance under severe usage conditions eee 7 18 Normal maintenance schedule 00000000 7 8 Panorama sunroof RSI ERI IA SRO RE ERI IO ORI SI O ORISTANO 4 28 Seat belt warning RC RR I RITIRO RIA SE E E CI 3 17 Parking brake POEP TEE EET IA IRA AIOP OMERO E TROR O IRPI RETRO ETE ORO IONI IE 5 16 Seat belts IRE CORSI ER OO EVE LOTITO VIVONO OCT 3 16 Parking brake inspect ii 7 29 Driver s 3 point system with evergency locking Passenger s front air bag a ee ee en ee ne re 3 45 retractor seeesssesesseessecsescoooeesoooeeeeoo l III 3 18 Power bennato nissan reina 5 14 Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with com ination locking retractor cerercrecec ce ceccececcececcecccces 3 19 Power outlet ere ee rere rere eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee ee eee eee ee ee eee eee eee 4 1 14 Hight adjustment eee ee eee eee ree eee eee eee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee eee ee ee 3 19 Power window lock button eee eer eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee 4 23 Pre tensioner seat belt eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee 3 21 Pre tensioner seat belt IO I 3 21 P sh Sia ih ee eres crrreinensionanennnsneranentracatsamanteananemenranaedoagaaanies 6 6 Seat belt ee 3 17 Pe mg I Seat belts hight adjustment Peer eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee ee eee eee eee 3 19 Seat WALIMET 0000000
195. ichever occurs first 12 000 km or 6 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter U Inspect HSG belt 12 000 km or 12 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 12 000 km or 12 months U Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 24 000 km or 12 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter U Inspect HSG belt 24 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant U Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler U Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect rear brake disc pads Continued Continued O Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint U Inspect suspension mounting bolts O Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit O Replace engine oil and filter 24 000 km or 24 months U Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 36 000 km or 18 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter U Inspect HSG belt 36 000 km or 36 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 36 000 km or 36 months U Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 1 lf TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary a
196. icle m Phone Book In Vehicle e Adding entry by voice Phone numbers and voice tags can be registered Entries registered in the phone can also be transferred Press button Say Phonebook The system replies with all available commands To skip the information message oress again and then a beep is heard Say Add Entry Say By Voice to proceed Say the name of the entry when prompted Say Yes to confirm Say the phone number of that entry when prompted Say Store if phone number input is finished Say a phone number type Home Work Mobile Other or Default is available Say Yes to complete adding entry Say Yes to store additional location for this contact or say Cancel to fin ish the process NOTICE The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine Numbers that are ten or greater cannot be recognized You can enter each digit individually or group digits together in preferred string lengths To speed up input it is a good idea to group all digits into a continuous string Recommend to enter the numbers constituted an grouping within all digit numbers to dial 995 734 0000 The display corresponding to each operation appears on the screen as fol lows Input operation example 1 Say Nine nine five Display 995 2 And say Seven three four Display 995
197. ide air position Step 2 Blowing air toward the windshield Step 3 Increasing air flow toward the windshield Step 4 Operating the air conditioning Step 5 Maximizing the air conditioning If your vehicle is equipped with the auto defogging system it is automatically acti vated when the conditions are met However if you would like to cancel the auto defogging system press the front defroster button 4 times within 2 seconds while pressing the AUTO button The indicator will blink 3 times to notify you that the system is cancelled To use the auto defogging system again follow the procedures mentioned above If the battery has been disconnected or discharged it resets to the auto defog ging status x NOTICE If the A C off or recirculated air position is manually selected while the auto defogging system is on the auto defog ging indicator will blink 3 times to give notice that manual operation is can celed 4 CAUTION Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the driver side windshield glass Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to store small items To avoid possible theft do not leave valu ables in the storage compartment Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that th
198. ilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the smart key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system whenever you turn the engine start stop button to the ON position by pressing the button while carrying the smart key it checks and determines and verifies if the smart key is valid or not If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start 4 CAUTION The transponder in your smart key is an important part of the immobi lizer system It is designed to give years of trouble free service how ever you should avoid exposure to moisture static electricity and rough handling Immobilizer sys tem malfunction could occur Features of your vehicle To deactivate the immobilizer sys This device complies with Industry 4 CAUTION tem Canada Standard RSS 210 Do not change alter or adjust the Turn the engine start stop button to the Operation is subject to the following two immobilizer system because it ON position by pressing the button while conditions could cause the immobilizer sys carrying the smart key 1 This device may not cause harmful tem to malfunction and should only interference and be serviced by an authorized Kia To activate the immobilizer system 2 This device must accept any interfer dealer Turn the engine start stop button to the ence received including interference Malfunctions caused by improper OFF p
199. ill activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you move the lever up It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 40 km h 25 mph Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gal lon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as possible use the fol lowing driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs e Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnec essary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel con sumption Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effe
200. ill be emphasized rear speaker sound will be attenuated BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound left soeaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated Features of your vehicle EEK a v TRACK SCAN MUTE Using CD Player 1 Button If the CD is loaded turns to CD mode If no CD it displays No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 GE Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate ALL RDM mode It wil play the next song at once e RDM Only files tracks in a folder disc are played back in a random sequence e ALL RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in the random sequence 3 HEB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 seconds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a track file is repeatedly played back e FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files in a folder are repeatedly played back 4 Button e Press button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of current song Press button for less than 0 8 seconds and press again within 1 second to play the previous song Press button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to initiate reverse direc tion high speed s
201. inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire j Maintenance E i ie eo odiioioioioioi5iiI I Aia _ __ a ao 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used Regardless of the remaining tread we recom mend that tires be replaced after approximately six 6 years of nor mal service
202. ing the warranty period may affect warran ty coverage For details read the sepa rate Warranty amp Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any serv icing or maintenance procedure have it done by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance n R OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized Kia dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check the coolant level in coolant reservoir e Check the windshield washer fluid level Look for low or under inflated tires While operating your vehicle Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side inc
203. ing brake pedal is water may be used if washer fluid is not depressed with 20 kg 44 Ib 196 N of available However use washer solvent force Also the parking brake alone with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli should securely hold the vehicle on a fair mates to prevent freezing ly steep grade Maintenance AIR CLEANER Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule 4 CAUTION Air filter If the vehicle is operated in extremely maintenance dusty or sandy areas replace the ele e Do not drive with the air cleaner ment more often than the usual recom removed this will result in exces mended intervals Refer to sive engine wear Maintenance under severe usage condi e When removing the air cleaner fil tions in this section ter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result Use a Kia genuine part Use of nongenuine part could damage the air flow sensor Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary and should not be washed You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air Maintenance cr __ ____1484qq q rrr rrr r R RNCOOO OI AA6 SIE IEII IIS ss ee CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER IF EQUIPPED Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is opera
204. ing light will stay on if the fuel level is low dn i ed Features of vour vehicle EV mode EV MODE This light illuminates if the vehicle only is moved by the electric motor This indicator comes on when any mal function occurs in the hybrid system If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer Service indicator Air bag warning light x PY This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the engine start stop button to the ON position This light also comes on when the Supplement Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the air bag warn ing light does not come on or continu ously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the engine start stop button to the ON posi tion or started the engine or if it comes on while driving have the SRS inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Anti lock brake system ABS warning light This warning light illuminates if the engine start stop button is turned ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the engine start stop but ton is turned to the ON position this indi cates that the ABS may have malfunc tioned If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operati
205. ing lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door trunk or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors trunk and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights blink once Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handles with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm Close the door and try again to lock the doors If trunk or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t oper ate and theft alarm will not arm Close the trunk or engine hood The hazard warning lights blink once and theft alarm arms dn i n i E i i n Features of your vehicle The theft alarm system by the key can be activated by an authorized Kia dealer If you want this feature consult an authorized Kia dealer Do not arm the system until all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a passenger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining pas senger s leaves the vehicle If any door or tailgate or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage the system will be disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm Theft alarm sta
206. ing up the fuel filler lid opener If the fuel filler lid does not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radia tor anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt OTF040027 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid push the fuel filler lid opener button 3 Pull open the fuel filler lid 1 4 To remove the cap 2 turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks one time This indicates that the cap is securely one time tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly and make sure that it is secure ly closed Features of your vehicle Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident WARNING Fire explosion risk Read and follow all warnings post ed at the gas station facility Failure to follow all warnings will result in severe personal injury severe burns or death due to fire or explo sion Ay WARNING Static electricity e Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe dis tance away from
207. insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle B180A01NF 1 The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly Safety features of your vehicle na OMG035038 Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position B20
208. irrors To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC or ON position Move the lever 1 to RorL to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the lever into neutral center position to prevent inad vertent adjustment Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Outside mirror e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the related parts j La wm OTF040046 Folding the outside rearview mirror Electric Type if equipped To fold the outside rearview mirror depress the button To unfold it depress the button again N CAUTION Electric type outside rearview mirror The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion However to prevent unneces sary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than nec essary while the engine is not run ning In case it is an electric type outside rearview mirror don t fold it by hand It could cause motor failure Features of your vehicle OTF040045 Manual type To fol
209. ischarged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent you should have your vehi cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emission control sys tem Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you will experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this hap pens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Place the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from underneath the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operat ing If the fan is not run
210. ist system Operating condition e This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch ON The sensing distance while the rear parking assist system is in operation is approximately 120 cm 47 in When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest one will be recognized first Types of warning sound When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm 47 in to 32 in from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps intermittently e When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm 31 in to 16 in from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps more frequently e When an object is within 40 cm 15 in of the rear bumper Buzzer sounds continuously kt el Features of your vehicle Non operational conditions of rear parking assist system The rear parking assist system may not operate properly when 1 Moisture is frozen to the sensor It will operate normally when the moisture has been cleared 2 The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water or the sensor cover is blocked It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked 3 Driving on uneven road surfaces unpaved roads gravel bumps gradi ent 4 Objects generating excessive noise vehicle horns loud motorcycle engines or truck air brakes are within range of the sensor 5 Heavy rain or water spray exists 6 Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor 7 The sensor is covered wi
211. ive braking Engine Battery Wheel Engine Generation Regeneration The engine and regenerative brake sys tem charges the hybrid battery Engine amp Wheel gt Battery Engine Brake Regeneration The engine friction is used to vehicle brake system and the regenerative brake charges the hybrid battery Wheel gt Engine amp Battery H5 Starting the Hybrid System 1 Carry the smart key into the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Place the shift lever in the P Park position In N neutral position you can not start the vehicle 4 Depress the brake pedal 5 Press the engine start stop button 6 The engine should be started without pressing the accelerator In extremely cold weather or after the vehicle has not been operated fro several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the engine start stop button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the warning Key is not in vehicle will come on and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indi cator will turn off while the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle when using the ACC position or if the vehicle engine is on If the starting procedure is followed the REA
212. iver to enter or exit the vehicle comfortably Off The Seat Easy Access function will be inactivated Features of your vehicle Headlamp Escort On The Headlamp Escort and Escort Welcome function will be activated Off The Headlamp Escort and Escort Welcome function will be inactivat ed Welcome Light if equipped On The Welcome Light function will be activated Off The Welcome Light function will be inactivated Steering Position On Steering Position display function will be activated Off Steering Position display function will be inactivated Auto Triple Turn One touch triple turn signal On The lane change signals will blink 3 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly Off The Auto Triple Turn function will be inactivated AVG fuel economy Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when you drive after refuel ing Manual Reset The average fuel econo my will not reset auto matically when you drive after refueling Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warn
213. iving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchors Do not stack floor mats on top of one another e g all weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a sin gle floor mat should be installed in each position IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manu factured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation Kia recommends that only the Kia floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed Navigation system if equipped The navigation system ascertains the present position of your vehicle by using information from satellites and guides you to the place you assign as the desti nation Detailed information for the navigation system is described in a separately sup plied manual Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE If you install an after market HID head A CAUTION Vira lamp your vehicle s audio and electron e Do not clean the inside of the rear window glass with a cleaner or use a scraper to remove foreign deposits as this may cause dam age to the antenna elements e Avoid adding metallic coatings such as Ni Cd and so on These can disturb receiving AM and FM broadcast signals ic device may malfunction e OTF040165 Glass antenna if equipped When the radio power switch is turned on while the ignition switch is in either the
214. ked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Parking brake warning This light illuminated when the parking brake is applied with engine start stop button in the START or ON position The warning light should go off when the parking brake is released Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have the vehicle towed to any author ized Kia dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with a dual diagonal braking system This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the brake circuits is damaged or malfunctions With only one of the circuits working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car Also the car will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so kt eel Features of your vehicle
215. l Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the PCSV clos es so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine 3 Exhaust emission control sys tem The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty e If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage bat tery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately M
216. ld cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties Engine 8 2 Capacity weight 8 2 Battery 8 2 Air conditioning 8 2 Dimensions 8 3 Bulb wattage 8 3 Tires and wheels 8 4 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 5 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 7 Vehicle certification label 8 7 Tire specification and pressure label 8 8 Engine number 8 8 Refrigerant label 8 8 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ENGINE fem Gasoline 2 4 Displacement 2359 cc 143 96 cu in Bore x Stroke 88 x 97 mm 3 46 x 3 82 in 1 3 4 2 CAPACITY WEIGHT Gasoline 2 4 Gross vehicle weight A T 2080 4586 kg Ibs Luggage volume 280 9 9 I cu ft BATTERY Battery pack voltage 270V Cell voltage 3 75V Cell and module 72 cells 9 modules x 8 cells configuration per module Battery system weight 42 kg 93 Ibs system Dimensions 54 4L 211 355 726 Components powered by the battery pack Electric motor Power cable HSG Inverter LDC A C Compressor AIR CONDITIONING Refrigerant type R 134a Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE Light B
217. less and it could improve the fuel efficiency 2 If you want maximum air conditioning while ECON system is working turn the ECON system off by pushing the ECON button System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the 8s 7 position Features of your vehicle Air conditioning if equipped All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are Operation Tips e To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes NOTICE e While using the air conditioning sys from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not
218. ll turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km h 6 mph the seat belt warning light and chime will operate approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 5 km h 3 mph ke el Features of your vehicle Turn signal indicator lt The blinking green arrows on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig nal system You should consult your deal er for repairs This indicator also blinks when the haz ard warning switch is turned on High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Engine oil pressure warning light nw This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure Is low If the warning light illuminates while driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pr
219. longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces 4 CAUTION Brake pedal Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal This will create abnormally high brake tempera tures which can cause excessive brake lining and pad wear A CAUTION Do not depress the brake pedal Wet brakes may impair the vehicle s abil continuously without READY sta ity to safely slow down the vehicle may tus The battery may be discharged also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to nor mal Driving your vehicle In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal 4 CAUTION If the drivers door is not firmly closed for a long time the auxiliary battery may be discharged because the brake controller keeps the standby operation To prevent the battery discharge close the door certainly Disc brakes wear indicator
220. ly and stop the vehicle Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting at the steering wheel Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s tire information placard n i i i n Features of your vehicle Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF button on the steering wheel is pushed The indicator goes off when the cruise control ON OFF button is pushed again For more Information refer to Cruise control system in section 5 Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator illuminates when the cruise function switch SET or RES is ON The cruise SET indicator in the instru ment cluster illuminates when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pushed The cruise SET indicator does not illumi nate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged Key reminder warning chime If the driver s door is opened while the smart key is in the vehicle with the engine start stop button in ACC or the smart key is in the smart key holder with the engine start stop button in OFF the key reminder warning chime will sound The chime sounds until the smart key is removed from the smart key holder or the drivers door is closed Features of your vehicle Electronic power steering EPS system warning
221. ly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is par ticularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of cor rosive materials Attention to the under side of the vehicle is particularly impor tant e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over e When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres Sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials Maintenance nnn TT e When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so
222. mance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear Shift lock system if equipped For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle out of P Park unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal condition Driving your vehicle i OTF050011 Shift lock override with smart key system If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral position into the R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depressing the brake then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the shift lock access hole 1 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the key or screwdriver 3 Move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an autho
223. matically Therefore It caus es the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehi cle Headlight leveling device if equipped Automatic type It is automatically adjusted the headlight beam level according to the number of the passengers and the loading weight in the luggage area And it offers the proper headlight beam under the various conditions Features of your vehicle OXM049110 Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the fol lowing positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped OAM049041 Parking light position 00 When the light switch is in the parking light position 1st position the tail posi tion license and instrument panel lights will turn ON OAM049042 Headlight position 20 When the light switch is in the headlight position 2nd position the head tail position license and instrument panel lights will turn ON The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights Features of vour vehicle OVG049181 Auto light position if equipped When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the taillights and headlights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehi cle N
224. more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 420 kPa 60 psi Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 80 km h 50 mph a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare e Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury e Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm 1 inch which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed The compact spare tire should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compa
225. n depress the brake pedal when shifting from N Neutral to a forward or reverse gear CAUTION Transaxle To avoid damage to your transaxle do not accelerate the engine in R Reverse or any forward gear posi tion with the brakes on The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P Park while the vehicle is in motion When stopped on an upgrade do not hold the vehicle with engine power Use the service brake or the parking brake Transaxle ranges The indicator light in the instrument clus ter displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position P Park Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating Shifting into P Park while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle Driving your vehicle R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward 4 CAUTION Shifting Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except when Rocking the Vehicle explained in this section N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forwar
226. nals Check for worn tires and loose wheel Check the brake fluid level lug nuts Check the drive belt Maintenance n R SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operat ed where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions e Repeated short distance driving e Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes e Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used e Driving on rough or muddy roads e Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates e More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After 120 months or 240 000 km 150 000 miles continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals dn i el Maintenance Oooo NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the frequency of service is deter mined by wh
227. natonseaacasganssattaasocsncd Q_7 Changing tires with spare tire iii 6 13 Checking tire inflation pressure iii 7 39 Child restraint SYSTEM cei 3 27 Lower anchor system cenere ene nenoni ghe il Seat bellaria 3 16 Tether anchor SYSTEM eee 3 30 Child protector rear door lock iii 4 15 Climate control air filter 4 106 7 31 Clock Digital 4 115 Clothes hanger iii 4 115 Combined instrument see instrument cluster 4 47 Compact spare tire with spare tire iii 6 19 Compact spare tire replacement naar 7 42 Colico 7 24 Index Cooling fluid see engine coolant ii TOA Crankcase emission control system 7 68 Cruise control SYSTEM iii 5 27 Cup holder eea a R iiiiiia 4 113 Curtain air bag sonia iii 3 49 D Dashboard illumination see instrument panel Ut Ri Rea 4 47 Dashboard see instrument cluster 4 47 Defosging Windshield rin nza 4 108 Defogging logic Windshield irene 4 109 Defroster Reatino sxsoanersncanscaareenvasensnnnrtavensaronss 4 96 Defrosting Windshield nio ia 4 108 Digital clocker ici i i0cm0 i 4 115 Dimensions iii 9 3 Display illumination see instrument panel limi REEE 4 47 Displays see instrument cluster sscaiiiieninanan 4 47 Diorama 4 12 Central door lock switch i 4 14 Child protector rear door lock 4 15 Drinks holders see cup holders seess 4 113 Driver s 3 point system with evergency locking LELL ACLOr lt sc0000s0ccrsrrrcerrcerioseeoreseceneceneonecenaonisezanicanicir
228. ncreases the wear of the brake components If a tire goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle don t let your vehi cle creep forward To avoid creeping forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped n i i n i n Driving your vehicle e Be cautious when parking on a hill Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade Firmly engage the parking brake and with the accelerator pedal This can place the shift lever in P automatic cause the transaxle to overheat transaxle or in first or reverse gear Always use the brake pedal or parking manual transaxle If your vehicle is brake facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it o
229. ne setting 1 Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map 2 Press and hold the button for more than 3 but less than 6 seconds the current Zone Number will appear on the display 3 Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to incre ment Note they will repeat 13 14 15 1 2 Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone 4 Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass head ing again There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle magnets such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle s magnetic field In these situations the compass will need to be re calibrated to quickly correct for these changes To re calibrate the compass 1 Press and hold the button for more than 6 seconds When the compass memory is cleared a C will appear in the display 2 To calibrate the compass drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 8 km h 5 mph Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System The HomeLink Wireless Control System provides a convenient way to replace up to three hand held radio fre quency RF transmitters with a single built in device This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmitters to operate devices such as gate operato
230. ng or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 82 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions mul
231. ning turn the engine off 4 Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air conditioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant leaks stop the engine immediately and call the near est authorized Kia dealer for assis tance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheating lf over heating happens again call an author ized Kia dealer for assistance Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer dn i o i n i What to do in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS OTF060001 1 Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressu
232. nly temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Driving vour vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without depressing the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 40 km h 25 mph If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on accidentally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently setting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when driv ing in heavy or varying traffic or on slip pery rainy icy or snow covered or wind ing roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads NOTICE During normal cruise control operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds This delay is normal NOTICE To activate cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is impor
233. nt level per every day at the begin A CAUTION i ning of the winter season and before Do not confuse the cap of engine traveling to a colder climate coolant and inverter coolant If not the coolant circulation problem of engine or Hybrid system may occur because the cap pressure is differ ent Checking the coolant level Inverter coolant The high pressure cooling system has a po reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac i tory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level everyday If it is near or at MIN add enough coolant between MIN and MAX and check the cooling system for air bleed at an author ized Kia dealer Continued The engine coolant level is influ enced by hybrid system tempera ture Before filling the engine coolant and or inverter coolant turn the hybrid vehicle off fill the engine coolant and or inverter coolant carefully Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator cap and or inverter or the drain plug while t
234. nterval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs FUSES Blade type Normal Blown Cartridge type Normal Main fuse OLM079051N A vehicle s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses This vehicle has 2 fuse panels one locat ed in the driver s side panel bolster the other in the engine compartment near the battery If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will melt If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and multi fuse for higher amperage rat ings Maintenance A CAUTION Fuse replacement Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items n i i i n Main
235. ntiteeze water malfunction or engine damage e The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be pro 25 1413F 40 60 tected by an ethylene glycol based 35C 31 F N to prevent corrosion and freez 45C 49 F 60 e DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution E j OYFH071006N 1 OYFH071070N 1 Maintenance Changing the coolant Have engine and inverter coolant changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section 4 CAUTION Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap and or inverter coolant cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the generator Maintenance BRAKE FLUID 1 iii LI Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri odically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination 4 CAUTION Proper fluid Only use brake fluid in brake sys tem Small amounts of improper flu ids such as engine oil can cause damage to the brake syst
236. nvenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23 C 73 F y OTF040132 NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system Features of vour vehicle Manual heating and air condition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position To improve the effectiveness of heat ing and cooling Heating Na Cooling Sa 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air or recirculated air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem OTF040133N Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Every time you press the mode selection button the mode will change as follows a gt ap aed ved gt F iva Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system Face Level Air flow is directed toward the upper
237. ny mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container 4 CAUTION Rear windows Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance T _ree eE i tziirl_ 1 ___ _ p 111111111111__ _LRhZLTMWI _ EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Warranty amp Maintenance booklet in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is rec ommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an author ized Kia dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual Caution for the Insp
238. o electrical equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed n i el Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic Outside air Blower Climate control Heater core air filter Evaporator core OMG075033 Climate
239. o not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur h ii OTF030014 Climate control seat if equipped The climate control seat is provided to cool or warm the seat during hot or cold weather by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat and seat back While the engine is running push the rear portion of the switch to cool the seat and push the front portion of the switch to warm the seat When the operation of the climate control seat is not needed keep the switch in the OFF position The climate control seat defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on Safety features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Continued e When the air vent does not oper e The climate control seat is a sup plementary cooling heating sys tem Use the climate control seat when the climate control system is on Using the climate control seat for prolonged periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the climate con trol seat performance to impair When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the seats Do not spill liquid such as water or beverages on the surfac
240. ocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish After washing the vehicle test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water If braking per formance is impaired dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed Maintenance N CAUTION Wetting engine Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicl
241. of when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be damaged tl HI gel OYF049214 Tilting the sunroof Sunshade When the sunshade is closed e To open the sunshade pull the sunroof If you push the sunroof control lever control lever backward to the first upward the sunshade will slide all the detent position way open then the sunroof glass will tilt e To close the sunshade when the sun To stop the sunroof movement at any roof glass is closed push the sunroof point pull or push the sunroof control control lever forward lever momentarily To stop the sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentar When the sunshade is opened ily If you push the sunroof control lever upward the sunroof glass will tilt NOTICE To stop the sunroof movement at any It is normal for wrinkles to form on the point pull or push the sunroof control blind because of its material character lever momentarily istic Features of your vehicle Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon nected or discharged or related fuse is blown you must reset your sunroof sys tem as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion and close the sunroof completely 2 Release the control lever 3 Push and hold the control lever forward for more than 10 seconds until the sunroof tilts and slightly moves Then release the lever 4 Push t
242. olant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both the engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may over heat the engine Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING r gt a mn T a iNO z 1JBB3305 Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other prob lems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these sugges tions Snowy or Icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires on your tires If snow tires are needed it is nec essary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid accelera tion sudden brake applications and sharp turns are potentially very haz ardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause skids You need to keep sufficient dis tance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that t
243. old it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit OAM049046N Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned to the on position after the headlights are turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the switch 1 to the off position When in operation the fog lights con sume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visi bility is poor i el Features of vour vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS OAM049100L A Wiper speed control front HI High wiper speed LO Low wiper speed INT Intermittent wipe AUTO Automatic control wipe OFF Off MIST Single wipe B Intermittent control wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes front If equipped Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON MIST For a single wiping cycle move the lever upward and release it The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position OFF
244. on 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 a VI OTF030011 Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest up 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height N OTF030045N Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmers are provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat i tl Safety features of your vehicle During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature e Each time you push the button the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows sli SUI IVS IAN fi e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the engine start stop button is turned on 4 CAUTION Seat damage When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer d
245. on of the seat belts in such collisions n i el Safety features of your vehicle OED036100 Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any addi tional benefit ne 1JBA3516 e Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts front air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection 1JBA3521 In a slant or angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safetv features of vour vehicle nt 1JBA3517 1JBA3522 ieee _ 1JBA3518 e Just before impact drivers often brake Air bags do not inflate in all rollover Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle heavily Such heavy braking lowers the accidents even though the vehicle is collides with objects such as utility front portion of the vehicle causing it to equipped with side impact air bags and poles or trees where the point of ride under a vehicle with a higher curtain air bags impact is concentrated to one area and ground clearance Air bags may not the full force of the impact is not deliv inflate in this under ride situation ered to the sensor
246. on the instrument cluster 1 6 Introduction Teme ___t_P_P Pm HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various types of safety instructions in this manual These instructions were prepared to enhance your personal safety Carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommen dations provided in these instructions A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution I
247. onal but without the assis tance of the anti lock brake system Features of your vehicle Electronic brake force distribution EBD system warning light O BRAKE If these two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving your vehi cle s ABS and EBD system may have malfunctioned In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the engine start stop button ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the engine start stop button is turned on the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approximately 6 seconds But if it is refastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will blink till the 6 seconds and the warning chime will turn off imme diately If the driver s seat belt is disconnected after the engine start stop button is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light wi
248. onditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage Maintenance 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L OYFH071003N yr N OYFH071004N If it is near or at L add enough oil to bring 4 CAUTION Replace engine apa ae oi al the level to F Do not overfill 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground Do not overfill with engine oil i i 2 Start w engine and allow it to reach Engine damage may result Use dina to help prevent oTo normal operating temperature i 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few being spilled on engine components minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to return ane oil pan i A CAUTION Use only the specified engine oil Refer 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and Do not spill engine oil when adding n de lubricants and capaci reinsert it fully or changing engine oil If you drop les in section 8 the engine oil on the engine room wipe it off immediately Maintenance nl ee Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section Maintenance COOLANT Engine coolant AN CAUTION The high pressure cooling system has a When adding coolant be careful reservoir filled with year round antifreeze not to overfill coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac tory Check the antifreeze protection and coola
249. one of these sounds indicate a problem They are characteristics of hybrid vehi cles When the hybrid system is turned on the engine may run This does not indicate a malfunction If the READY symbol is on the hybrid system is operating Even if the gasoline engine is off you can oper ate the vehicle The HEV system may emit electromag netic waves which can affect the per formance of electronic devices appli ances such as laptop computers which are not part of the vehicle design If you park the vehicle for a long time the hybrid system will discharge You need to drive the vehicle several times per month to maintain a charge When you start the hybrid system in the P transmission position the READY symbol is illuminated in the cluster The driver can drive the vehicle even if the engine is stopped Virtual Engine Sound System VESS The Virtual Engine Sound System gener ates engine sound for pedestrians to hear vehicle sound because there is no sound while motor power is used OTFH020030N The hybrid battery air intake is located behind the rear seats The hybrid battery air intake is used to cool the hybrid bat tery If the hybrid battery air intake is blocked the hybrid battery may overheat Do not cover the air intake with objects H13 H14 N THE COMPONENTS OF HYBRID VEHICLE CONT If An Accident Occurs e Avoid the engine compartment e Avoid any orange or high voltage
250. op Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will illuminate when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the hybrid system is in READY state there may be a malfunction in the brake system Immediate attention is neces sary W 75 Driving your vehicle Anti lock brake system ABS If equipped ABS or ESC will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds in the following circumstances e When driving on rough gravel or snow covered roads e When driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has different sur face heights Driving in these conditions increases the stoppinZg distance for your vehicle The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a
251. operates the engine to charge the battery However if the serv ice indicator and MIL Malfunction indica tor lamp turn on when the State of Charge SOC is near L the vehicle should be towed Refer to the chapter 6 H3 H4 OPTIMA HYBRID ENERGY FLOW Kia hybrid system notifies the drivers of energy flow in various operating modes Twelve Modes show drivers the current operating condition Vehicle Stop The mode means the vehicle at stop No energy flow EV Propulsion OTFH040215N Electric power is used to move the vehi cle Battery Wheel Power Assist OTFH040217N Electric and Engine power are used to move the vehicle Battery amp Engine Wheel Engine Only Propulsion OTFH040218N Engine power is used to move the vehi cle Engine Wheel Engine Generation OTFH040221N Vehicle is stopped with the Engine charg ing the hybrid battery Engine gt Battery Regeneration OTFH040220N Hybrid battery is being charged by regenerative braking Wheel Battery Engine Brake OTFH040219N The vehicle is being slowed by engine compression Wheel gt Engine Power Reserve OTFH040216N Engine is both driving the vehicle and charging the hybrid battery Engine Wheel amp Battery Engine Generation Motor Drive OTFH040223N The vehicle is being slowed by engine compression and regenerative brak ing The hybrid battery is being charged by regenerat
252. osition The immobilizer system that may cause undesired operation alterations adjustments or modifi activates automatically Without a valid cations to the immobilizer system smart key for your vehicle the engine will are not covered by your vehicle not start manufacturer warranty dn i n i i n i Features of your vehicle SMART KEY OTF040003 With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of the buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Refer to the Remote keyless entry in this section Smart key functions Carrying the smart key you may lock and unlock the vehicle doors Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details OTF040008 Locking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate that all doors are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pull the outside door handle Even though you press the button the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of the follow ing occurs e The smart key is in the vehicle
253. ot in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape e Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly e If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly dn i i E n ced Driving your vehicle Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Driving off road Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks of roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving Fuel engine co
254. ot start and SOC State Of Charge is very low a message Hybrid battery low Do not start engine will appear on the LCD display Also the chime will sound until the problem is solved Have the vehicle towed to an authorized Kia dealer to inspect the hybrid system and the engine HAZARD WARNING FLASHER The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch Both turn signal lights will blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch again Features of your vehicle REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED si a a8 01F 040101 The rear parking assist system assists the driver during backward movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 120 cm 47 in behind the vehicle This system is a supplemental system and it is not intend ed to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors are limit ed Whenever backing up pay aS much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist system Operation of the rear parking ass
255. ou are driving in a valley where the surrounding hills or peaks block the signal from the satellite Features of your vehicle When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case use the cellu lar phone at a place as far as possible Using a cellular phone or a two way radio from the audio equipment 4 CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a separate external antenna must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adverse ly affect safe operation of the vehi cle Care of disc If the temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows for ventilation before using your car audio It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged Hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape o
256. ou can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indicates noth ing unusual The VSM does not operate when Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline e Driving rearward e ESP OFF indicator light 2 remains on the instrument cluster e EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light amp illumi nates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by press ing the ESC OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected some where in the Electric Power Steering sys tem or VSM system If the ESC indicator light or ESC warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 15 km h 9 mph on curves e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 30 km h 18 mph when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces Driving your vehicle e The Vehicle Stability Management sys tem is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a supplementary function only It is the responsibility of the driver to always check
257. ou if you intend to back up Before starting e Close and lock all doors e Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached Buckle your seat belt e Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors e Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges e Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid the ON position should be checked on a regular basis e Release the parking brake and make with the exact interval depending on the sure the brake warning light goes out fluid Further details are provided in Section 7 Maintenance For safe operation be sure you are famil lar with your vehicle and its equipment dn i n i E i n Driving your vehicle Driving vour vehicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED Illuminated ENGINE START STOP button Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illumi nate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed ENGINE START STOP button position OFF Not illuminated To turn off the engine START RUN posi tion or vehicle power ON position press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park posi tion When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP
258. ound search of cur rent song Press button for less than 0 8 seconds to play the next song Press button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to initiate forward direc tion high speed sound search of cur rent song 5 Rie Button Play each song in the CD for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again SIRI ta 7 as 6 CD Eject Button e Press WE button to eject the CD This button works regardless of ignition switch status 7 CD Slot Insert a CD label side up and gently push in while ignition switch is on ACC or ON The audio automatically switches to CD mode and begins to play the CD If the audio was turned off audio power will automatically turned on as the CD is inserted This audio only recognizes 12cm size CD DA Audio CD or ISO data CD MP3 CD If UDF data CD or non CD e g DVD is inserted Reading Error message will be displayed and the disc will be ejected A CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator is lit dn i i E el Features of vour vehicle TF_USA_CD 8 10M Button e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press button to move to parent folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed 9 Mize Button Displa
259. ounterclockwise OTF060007 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing the wheels have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminium alloy wheel 9 11 kg m 65 79 Ib ft j What to do in an emergency If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting the tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations 4 CAUTI
260. ow pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward 3 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 4 The ticket holder 5 is provided for hold ing a tollgate ticket if equipped Ls OTF040160 Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use If the vanity mirror is not closed securely the lamp will stay on and could result in battery discharge and pos sible sunvisor damage Mi prati i gt OTF040161N Power outlet if equipped The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the acces sory plug after use Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in electric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause elec tronic interference when plugge
261. p A C Control Module Data Link Connector RF Receiver BCM Electro Chromic Mirror Instrument Cluster Auto Light amp Photo Sensor Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component IP B 2 don I P Junction Box P SEAT DRV 30A P SEAT PASS 20A AMP 30A PDM 2 7 5A IPS 5 IPS 6 ARISU 2 AHB 1 Hydraulic Power Unit IGN 2 E R Fuse amp Relay Box PDM 3 IG 2 Relay MULTI FUSE ESC 1 ESC Module RR HTD E R Fuse amp Relay Box RR HTD Relay BLOWER E R Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay EEA ER I P Junction Box PDM 1 25A MODULE 3 7 5A S HEATER FRT 20A S HEATER RR 15A i TRUNK 10A P WDW LH 25A P WDW BH 25A Power Connector AUDIO 15A MDPS EPS Control Module WIPER RR HTD IND A C Control Module FUSE OPCU 1 Electric Oil Pump Unit INVERTER MCU Low Voltage DC DC Converter Active Air Flap TOUT Hybrid Fuse amp Relay Box HAC Relay Smart Key Control Module Stop Lamp Relay E R Fuse amp Relay Box Deicer Relay ea TA P Junction Box Power Connector ROOM LP 10A SUNROOF 20A DR LOCK 20A BMS 10A IPS 1 IPS 3 ARISU 1 20 ESC 2 Multipurpose Check Connector ESC Module Hybrid Control Uni AHB 2 Hydraulic Power Unit Maintenance Description Fuse rating _ Protected component C FAN LO E R Fuse amp Relay Box C Fan LO Relay E R Fuse amp Relay Box PDM 1 ACC Relay PDM 2 IG 1 Relay EMS EMS Box HORN 15A EC
262. paired the phone can be selected through Select Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Select in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown The Bluetooth wireless technology icon appears on the upper side of audio display when a phone is connected e Changing Priority If several phones are paired with the audio system the system attempts to connect following order when the Bluetooth wireless technology system is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Priority in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown Features of your vehicle e Deleting a Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook If you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing proce dure must be completed once more Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Delete in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown e ADVANCED Menu After pressing the button select the Phone menu while in PHONE menu select the Advanced menu to make Bluetooth wireless
263. pecification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance Without a spare tire Rotate radial tires that have an Wheel alignment and tire bal asymmetric tread pattern only from ance front to rear and not from right to left l The wheels on your vehicle were ES i ES Do not use the compact spare tire for aligned and balanced carefully at the tire rotation factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire S2BLA790A wear or your vehicle pulling one way Directional tires if equipped or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating DI i 7 when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced 3 lt _ __ 6 A CAUTION Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can Ss damage your vehicle s alu Disc brake pads should be inspected minum wheels Use only for wear whenever tires are rotated approved wheel weights Maintenance E i ie eo odiioioioioioi5iiI I Aia _ __ a ao A ae ae OEN076053 Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 6 mm 1 16 inch of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac
264. per loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the fol lowing terms for determining your vehi cle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the compliance label Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the compliance label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including
265. production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle j Maintenance E pp gLLLgGAIAEAI _ lt lt lt _ _aa auawWJt qm amp Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg 150 pounds Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white letteri
266. properly the SRS air bag warn ing light on the instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is connected with the occupant detection system If there is a malfunc tion of the occupant detection system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor will not illuminate and the passenger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat Driver s front air bag Driver s and passenger s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating position i Safety features of your vehicle The indications of the system s presence are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gath er information about the driver s seat position the driver s and front passen ger s seat belt usage and impact severi ty The advanced SRS offers the ability to
267. r brakes will work normally Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possi ble e When you drive on a road with poor traction such as an icy road and oper ated your brakes continuously the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS is normal Otherwise you may have a problem with the ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible x NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle kk cel Driving your vehicle The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabilize the vehi cle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine manage ment system to stabilize the vehicle Electronic stability control ESC will not prevent accidents Excessive speed in turns abrupt maneuvers and hydroplan ing on wet surfaces can still result in seri ous accidents Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by avoidin
268. r crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehi cle to a safe place If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed down to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possi ble and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Iry to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an author ized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance n i i E n i n What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
269. r paper onto it Make sure on undesirable matter other than CDs are inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD at atime Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or making and recording methods In such circumstances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the malfunction of your car audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correctly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player Features of your vehicle E CD Player PA710TFU SIRIUS Bluetooth SEEK f OE Y track SCAN MUTE I FOLDER i ae There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth wireless technology feature is not supported TF USA RADIO Features of your vehicle 3 BE Button e When the is pressed it will AUX automatically tune to the next lower station When the ENHA is pressed it will automatically tune to the next higher station 3 4 5 6 f one eee 4 EZ Button S f e ESE When the button is pressed it auto MEZ Aes matically scans the radio stations INFO 7 Ea TF_USA
270. radually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours When recharging the battery observe the following precautions The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Watch the battery during charging and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49 C 120 F Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order 1 Turn off the battery charger main switch 2 Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected Auto down window See section 4 Sunroof See section 4 Trip computer See section 4 Climate control system See section 4 Clock See section 4 Audio See section 4 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pr
271. raint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retrac tor If you cannot the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode A si OTF030030N Route the child restraint seat tether strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable headrest route the tether strap under the head rest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat Check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in differ ent directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or sepa rate causing death or serious injury Safetv features of vour vehicle B230D01NF Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH compatible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors
272. re 70 iPo 4th Ph 6th Classi vided by Apple may cause mal e When not using iPod with car iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic function and should not be used pra eas ibe Pi ria ca generation for Kia vehicles audio detac e IPod cable iro iPod Nano 1st 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normally on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPone can be connected through the Bluetooth wireless technology inter face The device must have audio Bluetooth wireless technology capa bility such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth wireless technology The device can play but it will not be con trolled by the audio system The Kia iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Kia Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer o
273. re label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximate ly one minute and then remain con tinuously illuminated This seq
274. rease the severity of injuries in case of an accident Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve max imum effectiveness of the restraint sys tem all passengers should be sitting up and the front seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is mov ing A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front seat is in a reclined position Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected peri odically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concern ing seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer dn i i n i n Safety features of your vehicle
275. reased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check the automatic transaxle P Park function Check the parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal Check inverter coolant dn i a el Maintenance E At least monthly At least twice a year At least once a year e Check the coolant level in the engine i e every Spring and Fall e Clean the body and door drain holes coolant reservoir e Check the radiator heater and air con e Lubricate the door hinges and checks e Check the operation of all exterior ditioning hoses for leaks or damage and hood hinges lights including the stoplights turn sig e Check the windshield washer spray Lubricate the door and hood locks and nals and hazard warning flashers and wiper operation Clean the wiper latches e Check the inflation pressures of all blades with clean cloth dampened with gt Lubricate the door rubber weather tires including the spare washer fluid strips e Check the headlight alignment Check the air conditioning system Check the muffler exhaust pipes Check the power steering fluid level shields and clamps e Inspect and lubricate automatic Check the lap shoulder belts for wear transaxle linkage and controls and function Clean the battery and termi
276. responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been per formed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehi cle warranties Detailed warranty information is pro vided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an author ized Kia dealer An authorized Kia dealer meets Kia s high service quality stan dards and receives technical support from Kia in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction dn i el Maintenance INIINT MM J I WW i ikibkk r lt o lt oae i e e __ u q Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authorized Kia dealer with special tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance dur
277. riving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available Trip A I 2 3 km OTFH042061C Tripmeter mi or km TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 9999 9 km 0 0 to 9999 9 miles Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 dn i n i n n n Features of your vehicle Distance to Service Tire rotation service Outside bs lees 24 c Distance to Service Engine Oil 0000 km Tire Rotation 0000 km RESET Set Alarm OTFH040071N OTFH042071C Engine oil service OTFH042068C To enter the Distance to Service mode required Outside thermometer press the TRIP button for less than 1 sec A The current outside temperature is dis Nd TS played in 1 C 1 F increments The tem if perature range is between 40 C 60 C 40 F 140 F RESET Set Alarm e The outside temperature display may not change immediately like a typical OTFH040072N thermometer Engine Oil Tire Rotation Service Required 1 If service is required the message will be displayed Features of your vehicle Engine Oil Service Message Service Complete Reset Remind Later TRIP Move RESET Select OTFH040073N 2 If you would like to reset or inactivate t
278. rized Kia dealer immediately Ignition key interlock system if equipped The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Good driving practices e Never move the shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the vehicle from moving Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal Moving up a steep grade from a standing start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes i i i n n Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be
279. rk lt may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 lt can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Continued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio SIRIUS or CD Depending on the type and capac ity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device
280. rogramming a single HomeLink button To program a new device to a previously trained HomeLink button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the handheld transmitter 1 to 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the handheld transmit ter button The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rap idly 4 When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your new device should activate Erasing HomeLink buttons Individual buttons cannot be erased However to erase all three programmed buttons 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System is now in the training learn mode and can be programmed at any time following the appropriate steps in the Programming sections above FCC ID NZLZTVHL3 IC 4112A ZTVHL3 This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not caus
281. rs garage door openers entry door locks security sys tems even home lighting Both standard and rolling code equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the out lined procedures Additional HomeLink information can be found at www home link com or by calling 1 800 355 3515 4 CAUTION Before programming HomeLink to a garage door opener or gate oper ator make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage Do not use HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manu factured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of seri ous injury or death Retain the original transmitter of the RF device you are programming for use in other vehicles as well as for future HomeLink programming Itis also sug gested that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes Features of your vehicle Programming HomeLink NOTICE When programming a garage door opener it is advised to park the vehi cle outside of the garage It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmit ter of t
282. rt button again If you can not operate the ENGINE START STOP button when there is a problem with the ENGINE START STOP button system the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button once more The chime will stop if the ENGINE START STOP button system works nor mally If the warning illuminates each time you press the ENGINE START STOP button take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked dn n i n i E i i n Features of your vehicle Shift to F fo start engine OTFH040302N Shift to P to start engine If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in P Park the warning illumi nates for 10 seconds on the LCD screen Check stop lamp fuse OTFH040091N Check stop lamp fuse When the stop lamp fuse is disconnect ed The warning illuminates for 10 sec onds on the LCD display Replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds with the ENGINE START STOP button in ACC Align steering wheel OTFH040093N Align steering wheel If you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the right after a couple of seconds Align steering wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the left and make it turned to the right less
283. rt the engine Then the system will be disarmed e If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS P u e Once the doors are unlocked they may st NOTICE be opened by pulling the door handle In cold and wet climates door lock When closing the door push the door and door mechanisms may not work by hand Make sure the doors are properly due to freezing conditions closed securely e If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components OYFH041005N Operating door locks from out side the vehicle e Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock If you lock unlock the door with a key all vehicle doors will lock unlock auto matically From the drivers door turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle once to unlock the driver s door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors e Doors can also be locked and unlocked with smart key Features of your vehicle OTF040011 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button e To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on the button will be visi ble e To lock a door push the door lock bu
284. s because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly replaced by such under ride collisions Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be per formed by an authorized Kia dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury For cleaning the air bag pad covers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system If components of the air bag system must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury Adding equipment to or modify ing your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system S
285. s adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed e MEDIA Select default display of MP3 play infor mation Folder File or Artist Title can be selected e SAT Select default display of SIRIUS mode Cat Ch or Artist Title can be selected PHONE Select this item to enter BLUETOOTH setup mode Refer to BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION section for detailed information TF_USA RADIO 8 BUS amp Mie ite Knob Rotate the knob clockwise or counter clock wise to increase or decrease from current frequency AM 10kHz FM 200kHz Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise e BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the BASS rotate the knob counterclockwise dn i i E pi i Features of your vehicle e MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the MID DLE rotate the knob counterclockwise e TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the TRE BLE rotate the knob counterclockwise e FADER Control Turn the control knob clockwise to empha size rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the con trol knob is turned counterclockwise front speaker sound w
286. s ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided Introduction __rrw l r _ iter ds FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new Kia vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimize exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an author ized Kia dealer for details NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks one time otherwise the fuel cap open warning indicator light will illuminate Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufactur ers warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or methanol 3 Lead
287. s started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speed dn i i E i Driving your vehicle Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it e Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore have an authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking Avoid sudden braking or steering When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped Do not p
288. sinnicia ivo 1 9 2 6 14 Compact spare CR SS SSIS 6 19 Tekand Hi oee A 6 13 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 14 Flat tire with tire mobility kit E A tissai sis 6 21 Floor mat anchor g siriana 4 116 Fluid Paleari 7 28 Washer fiuidi iii 7 29 Front pd and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor eessenisereriasrenensenisesnesesasse 3 19 Front seat adjustment e EER ESEESE EEEREN EEEE ERRETEN EEE 3 4 E E T E iaia 4 25 EE e iaia 4 49 Fuel requirements I REENEN 1 3 Fuse relay panel description eeeeeeeeereereerreereersersesrees 7 55 Fill 7 5 Fuse relay panel description 7 55 Instrument panel RS ramen aaass 7 52 Memory fuse 7 52 ils 7 54 G Gauge Engine temperature gauge iii 4 50 Fuel gauge iii 4 49 Clisi iii pia 4 117 E A EE AEE E E E EA E TA 4 111 Hazard warning flasher 4 80 Hazardous driving conditions 5 33 EL a NEEN E AA 3 8 3 13 HEV powertrain ceresc aiidis 1 5 Highway driving reina 5 36 Homelink mirror see the Electric chromic mirror ECM with homeLink SYSTEM ci 37 Hoodoo aa E E EEE E E EAE 4 24 OOO IR O E 4 35 How to use this mandala ann nn 1 2 Hybrid Kia Hybrid system iii H2 State of charge SOC iii H3 Optima hev energy flow iii H4 4 53 The componets of hybrid vehicle iii H8 The air intake of hybrid battery iii H13 The READY 1HdicatOpicssesteostsaseaoeraceemiaposseniacasnadupnaiiens 4 52 The ECO level display Mode H2 Index The E
289. soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations government and pub lic offices broadcasting stations mil itary installations airports or trans mitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate if snow chains or some separately purchased devices such as notebook computers mobile charger remote starter navigation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS What to do in an emergency Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire A CAUTION Never use a puncture repairing agent not approved by Kia to repair and or inflate a low pres sure tire The tire sealant not approved by Kia may damage the tire pressure sensor The sealant on the tire pressure sen sor and wheel shall be eliminat ed when you replace the tire with a new one Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your
290. ssaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices tl Features of your vehicle This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party respon sible for compliance it will not be cov ered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty OSL040005 Battery replacement A battery should last for several years but if the transmitter or smart key is not working properly try replacing the bat tery with a new one If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer 1 Pry open the transmitter or smart key center cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive sym bol faces up as indicated in the illus tration 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal The
291. ssessssessessssssssessseesesessesens 6 4 Index W Warning and indicators eiaeaen hesian 4 61 Veteran 7 29 Weight sierra ica 5 45 Base Curb Weight cnniinioni1 0 i 5 45 Carso Weight uscerziiariizioneiririci rici izonizne razioni 5 45 GAW Gross axle Weight scienza 5 45 GAWR Gross axle weight rating iii 5 45 GVW Gross vehicle weight irc ieri 5 45 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 45 Wheel alignment and tire balance i 70 Wheel replacement iriccirizricio ese ricniiv in ererizizinine 149 VO O O N O 4 20 Auto down Window iii 4 22 Auto up down window rici inizio 4 22 Power window lock button 4 23 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 108 Defogging logic miceianiniiniinionie 4 109 Winter driving rsiiicionioni iii iii 5 37 ie Ina ee 5 37 Wiper blades aner en 1 Wipers and washers irc 4 90
292. st be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth wireless technology related fea tures You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the cellular service area e g in a tunnel in a underground in a mountainous area etc Continued the other person s voice during a call Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects otherwise communications with Bluetooth wireless technology system or cellular service stations can be disturbed While a phone is connected through Bluetooth wireless tech nology your phone may dis charge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth wireless technology related operations Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case store the device in a different location may resolve the situation OWNERS gt General Info gt BLUETOOTH wireless technology Features of vour vehicle BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECH NOLOGY PHONE OPERATION if equipped 1 MORN button Speaker volume 2 button Activates voice recognition 3 button Places and transfers calls 4 button Ends calls or cancels func tions Raises or lowers E What is Bluetooth wireless tech nology Bluetooth is a wireless technology that allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo headset steering remote control etc
293. sure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 6 km 1 mile in that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris If you feel any vehicle instability immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes gradu ally and with light force and slowly move to a safe position off the road NOTICE Tampering with modifying or dis abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS components may interfere with the system s ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and or TPMS malfunc tions Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS compo nents may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle This Device complies with Industry Canada Standards RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE WITH SPARE TIRE AND JACK
294. system with hydraulic compressor 9 Electric air conditioning compressor 10 Electric Oil Pump EOP OTFH020001N The Hybrid battery uses high voltage top operate the electric motor and other components and other components High voltage is dangerous if touched Your vehicle is equipped with orange col ored insulation and covers over the high voltage components to protect people from electric shock High voltage warning labels are attached to some system com ponents as additional warnings Your vehicle s hybrid system should therefore only be inspected or repaired by an authorized Kia dealer OYFH021004N H9 H10 THE COMPONENTS OF HYBRID VEHICLE CONT Motor OYFH021002N WARNING As with all batteries avoid fluid contact with the Hybrid battery If the battery is damaged and if elec trolyte comes in contact with your body clothes or eyes immediately flush with a large quantity of fresh water WARNING Do not use an after market battery charger to charge the Hybrid bat tery Doing so may result in death or serious injury Ay WARNING High Waters e Avoid high waters as this may result in your vehicle becoming saturated with water and could compromise the high voltage components e Do not touch the any of the high voltage components within your vehicle if your vehicle has been submerged in water equal to half of the vehicle height Touching high voltage components once submerg
295. t ton 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not show e To open a door pull the door handle 3 outward e If the inner door handle of the front door is pulled when the door lock but ton is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open if equipped Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened if equipped If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit e Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manu al while simultaneously pulling on the door handle e Operate the other door locks and han dles front and rear e Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from outside Features of vour vehicle Driver s door dl e If the key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened the doors will not lock when the Lock position 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed if equipped With central door lock switch if equipped Operate by pressing the central door lock switch Press the switch to the Lock position 1 all vehicle doors will lock e Press the switch to the Unlock posi tion 2 all vehicle doors will unlock Features o
296. t belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in operation For best protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright posi tion with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passenger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps If seat or seat cover is damaged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Inform that your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant detection system wy OTF030038 The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors Safety features of your vehicle They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of
297. t front brake disc pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect fuel filter U Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections 0 Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect HSG belt 240 000 km or 240 months Q Inspect parking brake Q Inspect rear brake disc pads Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap U Inspect W pump belt auto tensioner HSG w pump First 96 000 km or 72 months after every 24 000 km or 24 months Inspect inverter coolant hose Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Continued Continued Q Replace engine oil and filter 240 000 km or 240 months Q Replace engine coolant First 192 000 km or 120 months after every 48 000 km or 24 months Q Replace inverter coolant First 192 000 km or 120 months after every 48 000 km or 24 months U Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months No check No service required Q Automatic transaxle fluid 1 Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safe ty matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately r
298. t pipe and muffler Q Inspect front brake disc pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect HSG belt 216 000 km or 216 months Q Inspect rear brake disc pads Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Continued 1 Continued U Inspect W pump belt auto tensioner HSG w pump First 96 000 km or 72 months after every 24 000 km or 24 months Q Inspect inverter coolant hose O Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace engine oil and filter 216 000 km or 216 months U Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months 228 000 km or 114 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter U Inspect HSG belt 228 000 km or 228 months Q Inspect vacuum hose UO Replace engine oil and filter 228 000 km or 228 months Q Add fuel additive Every 12 000 km or 12 months If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of addi tive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance n See NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 240 000 km or 120 months Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake fluid U Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspec
299. t restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the pro tection afforded to the wearer Care should be taken to avoid contami nation of the webbing with polishes oils and chemicals and particularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged e For maximum restraint system protec tion the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone e Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat See child restraint system section for further discussion Safetv features of vour vehicle 1GQA2083 Seat belt warning for driver s seat The driver s seat belt warning light and chime will activate to the following table when the ignition switch is in ON posi tion Vehicle Chime Light Blink Bel Seat Belt S d Bel oem 6 seconds None 3 mph 5 km h 10 km h Above 10 km h 6 mph
300. tant part to cancel cruise control is in normal condition OTF050020 To set cruise control speed 1 Press the CRUISE ON OFF button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 40 km h 25 mph Driving vour vehicle OTF050021 OTF050022 OTF050021 3 Move the lever 1 down to SET and To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising speed release it at the desired speed The speed l SET indicator light in the instrument EO ISF er ee ee snag Follow either of these procedures e Move the lever 1 down to SET and a e pa T e Move the lever 1 up to RES and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow desired speed will automatically be hold it Your vehicle will accelerate down Release the lever at the speed maintained e the lever at the speed you you want to maintain want e Move the lever 1 down to SET and ie a a Bi e Move the lever 1 up to RES and release it immediately The cruising downhill release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 1 6 km h 1 0 i speed will increase by 1 6 km h 1 0 mph each time the lever is operated in mph each time the lever is operated in this manner this manner Driving your vehicle To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress t
301. ted in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it per forming the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other compo nents Maintenance WIPER BLADES 4 CAUTION Wiper blades To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement 1LDA5023 Weesie To prevent damage to the wiper arms or Blade inspection other components do not attempt to Front windshield wiper blade Commercial hot waxes applied by auto Move the wipers manually Type A matic car washes have been known to The use of a non specified wiper blade make the windshield difficult to clean could result in wiper malfunction and fail A CAUTION Wiper arms Contamination of either the windshield or Ure Do not allow the wiper arm to fall the wiper blades with foreign matter can against the windshield since it may reduce the effectiveness of the wind chip or crack the windshield shield wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper cial car washes If the blades are not wip blade assembly to expose the plasti
302. tenance LL i L OTF 070017 ei oe 7 9 One 7 R OTF070018 Instrument panel fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigar lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse block in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull up the memory fuse Maintenance gt NOTICE If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this
303. tery 7 35 Tires and wheels 7 38 Fuses 7 51 Maintenance Appearance care 7 61 Emission control system 7 68 Maintenance ii or IIZZZZZZII_______ _ WWNPE _I_ _ WD r r r _ ___ _______________________________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ m m _ _ m m m m m m m m _ lt ENGINE COMPARTMENT Sub relay box Engine coolant reservoir Windshield washer fluid reservoir Radiator cap Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Pa Air cleaner 18 Fuse box cel 0 Inverter coolant The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OYFH071001 Maintenance OO R MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an authorized Kia dealer perform this work An authorized Kia dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorized Kia dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury Owner s
304. th snow 8 Trailer towing The detecting range may decrease when 1 The sensor is stained with foreign mat ter such as snow or water The sens ing range will return to normal when removed 2 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold The following objects may not be rec ognized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb the sen sor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow 3 Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m 40 in in height and narrower than 14 cm 6 in in diameter Rear parking assist system pre cautions e The rear parking assist system may not sound sequentially depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected e The rear parking assist system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged Any non factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor per formance The sensor may not recognize objects less than 40 cm 15 in from the sen sor or it may sense an incorrect dis tance Use caution e When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow dirt or water the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth e Do not push scratch or strike the sen sor Sensor damage could occur Features of your vehicle NOTICE This system can only sense objects with in the range and location of the
305. than 30 degrees Features of your vehicle Align steering wheel Low Tire Pressure B AS j OTFH040094N OTFH040092N OTFH040095N Align steering wheel Align steering wheel Low tire pressure If the steering wheel is aligned within 5 If you start the engine when the steering When one or more of your tires is signifi seconds after Align steering wheel is wheel is turned 90 degrees to the left cantly underinflated the warning light displayed the indicator will appear as after a couple of seconds Align steering comes on indicated in the above picture wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the right and make it turned to the left less than 30 degrees Features of your vehicle Door Open Trunk Open Illumination ln i OTFH040096N OTFH040097N OTFH040098N Door open Trunk open Illumination This indicator displays which door is This indicator displays when the trunk is The illumination intensity of the instru opened not closed securely ment panel is shown when adjusting it with the illumination control switch Features of your vehicle Low Washer Liquid Check brake OTFH040099N OTFH040100N OTFH040211N Parking assist warning Low washer liquid Check brake Displays the area an obstacle is detected This warning light illuminates for 12 sec Check brake is displayed when the while moving rearward onds when the washer fluid reservoir is brake function is not well or
306. the ON position Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate PASSENGER Azz AIRBAG OFF Vout ae 2 0TF030047N Occupant detection system Your vehicle is equipped with an occu pant detection system in the front pas senger s seat The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occupant detection system Safety features of your vehicle Main components of occupant detec tion system e A detection device located within the front passenger seat track e Electronic system to determine whether passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated e An indicator light located on the instru ment panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated e The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the occu pant detection system If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs com fortably extended and their feet on the floor the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will turn off and
307. the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fab ric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source NOTICE When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete Use only approved portable plastic fuel contain ers designed to carry and store gasoline WARNING Cell phone fires Do not use cellular phones while refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cellu lar phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Features of your vehicle Make sure to refuel your vehicle accord ing to the Fuel requirements suggested in section 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine Kia cap or the equiv alent specified for your vehicle
308. the regener nearly empty To turn off the warning light ative brake system is not operated with immediately press the RESET button for brake system malfunction Refer to the more than 1 second Refill the washer page 4 62 for the related information fluid as soon as possible Have the system checked by an author ized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Check Charging System OTFH040213N Check charging system This warning illuminates when a mal function is detected with the Charging System NOTICE When the high voltage battery power is low the warning may occur In that time the warning may disappear when the battery is charged by engine Check Active Air Flap System OTFH040231N Check active air flap system This warning will be illuminated as follow When the actuator flap malfunction is detected When the actuator air flap controller malfunction detected In acondition opening the air flap if the air flap is not open When the all conditions illuminating the warning are cleared the warning will be off NOTICE In winter the warning may not illumi nate immediately The active air flap system is even nor mal condition the warning or warning indicator MIL may be turned on In that time check the flap frozen condi tion or attached materials If the flap is frozen in winter the warn ing indicator MIL may be turned on without warning contents Features o
309. the speed and the dis tance to the vehicle ahead Always hold the steering wheel firmly while driving Your vehicle is designed to activate according to the driver s intention even with installed VSM Always follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the conditions includ ing driving inclement weather and on a slippery road Good braking practices Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driv ing away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized Kia dealer for assis tance Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extremely haz ardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed e Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effectiveness It also i
310. the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system including the occupant detection system Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in collisions in which sufficient protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt alone Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold Safety features of your vehicle Rear impact _ 1JBB3520 22 1JBA3514 1JBA3522 Tagan _OTD039022 _1LDA2056 x The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Side impact air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front pas senger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and point of impact The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations Safety features of your vehicle The side impact air bag is supplemental to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your sea
311. the window movement OTF040022 Type C Auto up down window if equipped Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up or press and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement If the power window is not operated cor rectly the automatic power window sys tem must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Close the window and continue pulling up on the driver s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 2 5 cm 1 in And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal will not operate Features of your vehicle The automatic reverse feature for the dri vers window is only acti
312. the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags NOTICE Never try to open or repair any compo nents of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an author ized Kia dealer Safetv features of vour vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off in a collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts In other words just because your vehicle is damaged and even if it is totally unusable don t be surprised that the air bags did not inflate OTF030039N OTF030040 OTF030041 OMG035053 OTF030048N Air bag collision sensors 3 Side impact sensor 1 SRS control module 4 Side pressure sensor 2 Front impact sensor kl Safety features of your vehicle Problems may arise if the sensor instal lation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillar where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Installing aftermarket bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment per formance 1JBA3513 Air bag infl
313. thout holding and controlling the seatback The seatback will spring upright possi bly impacting you or other passen gers d WARNING Driver responsibility for passengers The driver must advise the passen ger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehi cle is in motion If a seat is reclined during an accident the restraint system s ability to restrain will be greatly reduced WARNING Seat cushion Occupants should never sit on seat cushions The passenger s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving of your vehicle This could result in loss of control of your vehicle Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of your vehicle A distance of at least 10 from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended Failure to do so can result in airbag inflation injuries to the driver dn i i E i tl Safety features of your vehicle S OTF030002 Front seat adjustment Forward and backward To move the seat forward or backward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you
314. tion When the child safety lock is in the lock position rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled n i n E i i n Features of your vehicle 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle 2 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked Features of your vehicle TRUNK OTF040015 Opening the trunk e Press the trunk unlock button for more than 1 second on the smart key e Press the button on the trunk handle with the smart key in your possession Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk locks automatically 4 sa OTF040016 e To open the trunk from inside the vehi cle pull the trunk lid release button Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk locks automatically NOTICE In cold and wet climates trunk lock and trunk mechanisms may not work prop erly due to freezing conditions 4 CAUTION Make certain that you close the trunk before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the trunk lift cylinders and attached hardware if the trunk is not closed prior to driving Features of your vehicle N A Closing the trunk i CAUTION To close lower the trunk lid then press e While driving the vehicle do not down on it until it locks To be sure the use the emergancy trunk release trunk lid is securely fastened
315. tion pressure to the recomended tire inflation With the ignition swithched on pro ceed as follows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compressor position To check the current inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor x NOTICE The pressure gauge may show high er than actual reading when the compressor is running To get an accurate tire reading the compres sor needs to be turned off To reduce the inflation pres sure Press the button 8 on the compressor j What to do in an emergency 4 CAUTION Tire pressure sensor When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by Kia the tire pres sure sensors may be damaged by sealant The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors in authorized dealer Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures 30 70 C 22 158 F Max working pressure 6 bar 87 psi Size Compressor 168 x 150 x 68 mm 6 6 x 5 9 x 2 7 in Sealant bottle 104 x 85 mm 4 1 x 3 3 in Compressor weight 1 05 kg 2 31 Ibs Sealant volume 300 ml 18 3 cu
316. tiplied by 68 kg 150 Ibs plus the rated cargo and luggage load Maintenance nnn dee gd Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the Original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires Kia specifies all season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions Kia recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load c
317. tires serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure Telltale will blink or remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehicle After you replace the low pressure tire with the compact spare tire the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may blink or illuminate because the compact spare tire does not have a TPMS Sensor Once the low pressure tire is reinflat ed to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia dealer the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving please visit an authorized Kia dealer If original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel should be deactivated If the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel locat ed in the spare tire carrier still acti vates the tire pressure monitoring system may not operate properly Have the tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized Kia deal er What to do in an emergency You may not be able identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pres
318. tor After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest to both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after the impact in order to reduce dis comfort and prevent prolonged expo sure to smoke and powder Though smoke and powder are non toxic it may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with the cold water immediately and consult the doctor if the symptom persists US Vi 4 A 1JBH3051 Installing a child restraint on a front passenger s seat is forbidden Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint Causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraint in the front passengers seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child Safetv features of vour vehicle e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is F in motion Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental
319. transmitter or smart key is designed to give you years of trouble free use however it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter or smart key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation 4 CAUTION Transmitter damage Do not drop wet or expose the key less entry system transmitter to heat or sunlight Features of vour vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM Armed Vl si DI Disarmed stage This system is designed to provide pro tection from unauthorized entry into the vehicle This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights Armed stage Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the igni tion switch and exit the vehicle 2 Make sure that all doors and tailgate and engine hood are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by depressing the door lock button on the transmitter or smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warn
320. ttery However if the service indi cator and MIL Malfunction indicator lamp turn on when the State of Charge SOC is near L Low the vehicle should be towed Refer to the chapter 6 Features of vour vehicle OTFH040226N ECO GUIDE gauge This is a gauge to let drivers know whether the current driving condition is economical or not The fuel efficiency is high in the green zone but is low in the red zone Green zone Good driving condition White zone Normal driving condition Red zone Bad driving condition OTFH040069N Active ECO Your vehicle is equipped with a highly efficient power train based on Kia s Active ECO technology Active ECO mode is for normal everyday driving for smooth efficient operation Each time you start the vehicle Active ECO is activated automatically If needed the driver can temporarily switch Active ECO ON OFF using the steering wheel mounted but ton Active ECO OFF is intended for brief periods of unusual driving such as steep roads or heavy loads Active ECO ON is meant for normal vehicle driving and provides maximum fuel efficiency Switch back to Active ECO ON as soon as possible for maximum fuel efficiency and to restore the Active ECO center dis play Your vehicle will automatically resume Active ECO each time it is restarted Features of vour vehicle Energy Flow x ECO Level Total ECO Score Instant Average fuel comsumptiom 3 OTFH0402
321. uence will continue upon subsequent vehi cle start ups as long as the malfunc tion exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function proper ly What to do in an emergency If the TPMS indicator does not illumi nate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or engine is running or If it comes on after blinking for approximately one minute take your car to your nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked Low tire pressure tell tale When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicator is illuminat ed one or more of your tires is sig nificantly under inflated If the telltale illuminates immediately reduce your speed avoid hard cor nering and anticipate increased stop ping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pres sure as indicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pil
322. ulb Bulb Type Rear turn signal light a aa Back up light 16 or 18 16 amp 18W Overall eng h Overall with Front tread 1601 63 0 1595 62 8 Front side marker ss 2 5 WW Wheelbase Ske repeater io ED te _ snai Froni fog eh f s e 1 with R16 tire aa up I 16 amp 18W 7 SW 8W LED H8 LED 27W LED 5W 5W High mounted stop light License plate light W Front map lamp 100 W10W Center room lamp 100 C10W Rear personal lamp 100 C10W If equipped T 5 ED 5 ED 7 5 10 10 5 10 n i i n i n Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure Tire i Wheel size psi kPa Wheel lug nut torque size Normal load lb ft kgem Nem e 38 ae 2e 2 Fut sizo tre Fut sizo tre tire EOSO OR IO JAk 6 5Jx16 235 34 235 34 P215 55R17 93V 6 5Jx17 235 34 235 34 9 11 Compact 65 79 88 107 1 Normal load Up to 3 persons 4 CAUTION When replacing tires use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fu
323. ump the brake pedal on a vehi cle equipped with ABS e If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels Use sand rock salt or other non slip material under the drive wheels to pro vide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine over heating and possible damage to the transaxle The ESC system should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle A CAUTION Vehicle rocking Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle dam age or failure and tire damage dn i i Driving your vehicle 4 CAUTION Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels especially at speeds more than 56 km h 35 mph Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is station ary could cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage OBHO58035L Smooth cornering Driving at night Avoid braking or gear changing in cor B
324. ures of your vehicle Recalling positions from memory 1 Shift the shift lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 To recall the position in memory press the desired memory button 1 or 2 The system will beep once then the driver seat will automatically adjust to the stored positions Adjusting the control switch for the driver seat while the system is recalling the stored position will cause the movement to stop and move in the direction that the control switch is moved Easy access function if equipped With the shift lever in the P position the system will move the driver s seat auto matically as follows It will move the drivers seat rearward when the engine start stop button is turned to the OFF position or the smart key is removed from the smart key hold er It will move the drivers seat forward when the engine start stop button is turned to the ACC or START position or the smart key is inserted into the smart key holder Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering Power steering uses the motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is con trolled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering wheel
325. ve when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch N CAUTION Opening closing Window To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse ff OTF040023 Power window lock button if equipped The driver can disable the power win dow switches on the passenger doors by pressing the power window lock switch located on the driver s door to the LOCK position pressed When the power window lock button is in the LOCK position pressed the driver s master control cannot operate the passenger door power windows Always double check to make sure all arms hands head and other obstruc tions are safely out of the way before closing a window Features of your vehicle HOOD 2 Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft 30 cm above the closed position and let it drop Make sure that it locks into place d WARNING e Before closing the hood ensure that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in property damage or severe personal injury Do not leave gloves rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment Doing so may cause a heat induced fire
326. vehicle 4 CAUTION 12 volt battery Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set tl What to do in an emergency 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded 2 If the booster battery is in another vehi cle do not allow the vehicles to touch 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the dis charged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative ter minal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid stationary metallic point for example trunk latch away from the battery 4 Do not con nect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to con tact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections 4 CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative ter minal of the discharged battery This can cause the d
327. y When the sunshade is opened If you pull the sunroof control lever back ward the sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof con trol lever momentarily Features of your vehicle Closing the sunroof To close the sunroof glass only Push the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position or pull the lever downward To close the sunroof glass with the sunshade Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position The sunroof glass will close then the sunshade close automatically To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily OYF049215 Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detect ed while the sunroof glass or sunshade is closing automatically it will reverse the direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass or sunshade and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passen gers and objects are away from the sun roof before closing it 4 CAUTION e Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be dam aged Features of your vehicle CAUTION Sunroof motor damage If you try to open the sunro
328. y when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion Safetv features of vour vehicle Driver s front air bag 1 B240B01L The air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Driver s front air bag 2 B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Driver s front air bag 3 B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols Safetv features of vour vehicle Passenger s front air bag me 240B05 NOTICE Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in
329. ys on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow steps 2 through 5 Rolling code programming Rolling code devices which are code protected and manufactured after 1996 may be determined by the following Reference the device owner s manual for verification The handheld transmitter appears to program the HomeLink Universal Transceiver but does not activate the device Press and hold the trained HomeLink button The device has the rolling code feature if the indicator light flashes rap idly and then turns solid after 2 sec onds kt el Features of your vehicle To train rolling code devices follow these instructions 1 At the garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand If there is difficulty locating the training button reference the device owner s manual or please visit our Web site at www homelink com 2 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button which activates the training light NOTICE There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step3 3 Return to the vehicle firmly press and hold for two seconds the desired HomeLink button then release
330. ys the information of the current song e Audio CD Disc Title Artist Track Title Artist Total Track e MP3 CD File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total Files Not dis played if the information is unavailable on the CD or file 10 WLI Knob amp AHi Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode NOTE Order of playing files folders 1 Song playing order to sequen tially Folder D Song File Folder AA ie DO DO Lie Features of your vehicle 2 Folder playing order If no song file is contained in the folder that folder is not displayed gt _ gt Root gt Folder A gt FolderAA gt Folder ABA gt Folder ABB gt Folder BA Folder BB Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not wo

Optima Hybrid

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents